-#LyX 2.0 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
-\lyxformat 413
+#LyX 2.1 created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
+\lyxformat 474
\begin_document
\begin_header
\textclass scrbook
\myTOC
\mainmatter }
-% redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
-\def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
- L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
- {LyX}}
-
% define a short command for \textvisiblespace
\newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
%\let\OrgIndex\index
%\renewcommand*{\index}[1]{\OrgIndex{#1}}
\end_preamble
-\options intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
+\options refpage,intoc,bibliography=totoc,index=totoc,BCOR7.5mm,captions=tableheading
\use_default_options false
\begin_modules
customHeadersFooters
+enumitem
\end_modules
\maintain_unincluded_children false
\language english
\font_roman default
\font_sans default
\font_typewriter default
+\font_math auto
\font_default_family default
\use_non_tex_fonts false
\font_sc false
\font_osf false
\font_sf_scale 100
\font_tt_scale 100
-
\graphics default
\default_output_format default
\output_sync 0
-\bibtex_command default
+\bibtex_command bibtex
\index_command default
\paperfontsize 12
\spacing single
\pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue, pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true, pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false"
\papersize default
\use_geometry false
-\use_amsmath 1
-\use_esint 1
-\use_mhchem 1
-\use_mathdots 1
+\use_package amsmath 1
+\use_package amssymb 1
+\use_package cancel 0
+\use_package esint 1
+\use_package mathdots 1
+\use_package mathtools 0
+\use_package mhchem 1
+\use_package stackrel 0
+\use_package stmaryrd 0
+\use_package undertilde 0
\cite_engine basic
+\cite_engine_type default
+\biblio_style plain
\use_bibtopic false
\use_indices false
\paperorientation portrait
\suppress_date false
+\justification true
\use_refstyle 0
\notefontcolor #0000ff
\branch Question
\html_math_output 0
\html_css_as_file 0
\html_be_strict true
-\author 5863208 "ab"
\end_header
\begin_body
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\noindent
-If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
-tion mailing list:
+If you have comments on or error corrections to this documentation, please
+ send them to the LyX Documentation mailing list:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
Version 2.0.x
\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
\begin_layout Standard
LyX is a document preparation system.
- It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
+ It is a tool for producing beautiful manu\SpecialChar \-
+scripts, publishable books, business
letters and proposals, and even poetry.
It is unlike most other
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-, not
+, not as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
- not the mechanics.
+ LyX takes care of the typesetting for you; so you deal only with concepts,
+ not with mechanics.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
+This philosophy is explained in greater detail in the
\emph on
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
Introduction
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
\emph default
-.
+manual.
If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
Yes, we mean now.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
\emph on
Introduction
\emph default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
- the format of all of the manuals.
- If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
+ manual describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most important
+ly, the format of all of the manuals.
+ If you don't read it, you will have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
of this one.
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
+ The
\emph on
Introduction
\emph default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- describes that, too.
+ manual describes that, too.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
only a vertical scrollbar.
There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
- The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
- This, however, is due
- to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
- WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
- as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
+ The first case is large images.
+ To avoid them being displayed larger than your screen, left click on the
+ image and use the option
+\family sans
+Scale on Screen
+\family default
+ in the tab
+\family sans
+LaTeX and LyX options
+\family default
+.
The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
the LyX window.
You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
+reference "chap:The-User-Interface"
\end_inset
.
- Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
-ing sections of this documentation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
- You can read
-\emph on
-all
-\emph default
- of the manuals from inside LyX.
- Just select the manual you want read from the
+ You can read all of the manuals from inside LyX.
+ Just select the manual you want to read from the
\family sans
Help
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
- without resorting to configuration files.
- First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
- classes and LaTeX packages are available.
- It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
+Almost all features of LyX can be configured via the menu
\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
-
+.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
+ LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
+ classes and LaTeX packages are available.
+ It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults for the preferences
settings.
Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.
\begin_layout Standard
You can edit documents in LyX without having LaTeX installed, but you will
- not to able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
+ not be able to create PDFs or print your documents unless you do have it
installed.
- However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the `backend' that can produce
+ However, some LyX documents use DocBook as the “backend” that can produce
PDFs and the like, and every LyX document can always be output as plain
text or as XHTML.
\end_layout
\end_inset
from
-\bar under
-
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\bar default
Template
\end_layout
\end_inset
from
-\bar under
-
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\bar default
Template
\family default
- command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
- you for a template to use.
+ command lists the available templates.
Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
- (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Control
\family default
- are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
+ are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time.
\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
in LyX also.
- Read
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
-\SpecialChar \@.
+ Read Additional Features\SpecialChar \@.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
\family sans
Revert
Control
\family default
-you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
- can identify them as your changes.
+you can register the changes you made to a document so that others can identify
+ them as your changes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
delete whole words as well as individual characters.
The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
access them.
- We'll start with cut and paste.
+ We will start with cut and paste.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
The first three are self-explanatory.
- One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
- it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
- That is, the
-\family sans
-Delete
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Backspace
-\family default
- keys also function as the
-\family sans
-Cut
-\family default
- command.
- Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
-y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
- You'll have to do an
-\family sans
-Undo
-\family default
- to get back the lost text.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Text, Join
+Text,
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+Join
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Lines
\family default
will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
- as
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- paragraph.
+ as one paragraph.
A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
Without
\family sans
Replace
\family default
feature that is described in sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
+Things like notes, floats, etc.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+(the so called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+insets
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+) can be dissolved.
This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
text.
Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The content of an inset is selected using the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "inset-select-all"
+\end_inset
+
+, the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "command-sequence buffer-begin ; buffer-end-select"
+\end_inset
+
+ selects the whole document.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Undo and Redo
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as it
+Note that if you revert back all changes to arrive at the document as it
was last saved, the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-step undo limit, above.
+step undo limit mentioned above.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Redo
\family default
work on almost everything in LyX.
- But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
+ But they will not undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
of text.
\end_layout
Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Tables
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\emph on
-Single click
-\emph default
- the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
- the table.
-\end_layout
-
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Section
Navigating
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-The `Outline', which is accessed either by the menu
+The “Outline”, which is accessed either by the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Outline
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Bookmarks\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-NavigateBack
+Navigate
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Back
\family default
) jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
This is useful when you have a large document and have navigated or scrolled
your last editing position.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+By pressing the
+\family sans
+F5
+\family default
+ key the cursor will be vertically centered in LyX's main window.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
The Outliner
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:The-Outliner"
-\begin_layout Standard
-The Outline was known in earlier versions of LyX as the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-TOC
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-, since its original purpose was to display the document's table of contents.
- The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
- In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
-ces (see
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand formatted
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
-
+ces (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-), or notes, or citations (see
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand formatted
-reference "sec:Bibliography"
-
-\end_inset
-).
- Clicking on any of these will take you to the corresponding object in your
- document.
- The Outline has become much more powerful now, however.
- In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
- several different lists, including other TOC-like objects, such as lists
- of tables and figures, but also lists of footnotes, or labels and cross-referen
-ces (see
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand formatted
+LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
-), or notes, or of citations (see
+), or notes, or citations (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand formatted
+LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:Bibliography"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on elements in the Outline will in many cases open a context
+Right-clicking on elements in the Outline opens in many cases a context
menu that will allow for direct modification of those elements.
For example, with citations, the context menu allows you to open the citation
dialog and to modify the citation.
- Right-clicking a change will allow you to accept or reject it.
- And so on.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The `Filter' field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
+The “Filter” field at the top allows you to restrict which entries appear
in the Outline.
For example, if you are displaying the list of Labels and References and
wish to see only references to subsections, you can enter the text
\family default
option sorts the current list alphabetically.
Otherwise, the elements appear in the order in which they occur in the
- document.The
+ document.
+ The
\family sans
Keep
\family default
option keeps it in the current view state.
- Keeping means that when you have e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-the subsections of section
+ Keeping means that when you have, for example, the subsections of sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2 and 4 shown and click on section
+2 and 4 displayed and click on section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-3, the subsections of section
+3, the subsections of sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2 and 4 will still be shown.
+2 and 4 will still be displayed.
Without the
\family sans
Keep
\begin_layout Standard
The
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-3 or to subsection
+3 or subsection
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
+Input/Word Completion
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sec:Input-Completion"
\end_inset
-Input / Word Completion
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default LyX shows a small triangle behind the cursor as indicator that
- there are completions available.
- You can then press the
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- key to use this completion.
- When several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
- You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
- and accept the chosen completion be pressing
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the preferences dialog, which is opened with the menu
+Input completion can be activated in the LyX preferences (menu
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences
\family default
-, the cursor completion indicator can be turned off in the section
+) in the section
\family sans
Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Input Completion
\family default
- by deselecting the option
+.
+ With the option
\family sans
-Cursor indicator
+Automatic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+inline
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+completion
\family default
-.
+ the proposed completion is shown directly after the cursor.
With the option
\family sans
-Automatic inline completion
+Automatic
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+popup
+\family default
+ the completions are always shown in a popup.
+ The cursor completion indicator can be turned off by deselecting the option
+
+\family sans
+Cursor
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+indicator
\family default
- the proposed completion is shown directly behind the cursor position.
- To accept this proposal, use the
+.
+ With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
+ popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX displays a small triangle after the cursor as an indicator that there
+ are completions available.
+ Press the
\family sans
Tab
\family default
- key.
- With the option
+ key to accept a proposed completion.
+ If several completions are possible, a popup is opened showing them.
+ You can select a completion in the popup using the mouse or the arrow keys,
+ and accept the chosen completion by pressing
\family sans
-Automatic popup
+Return
\family default
- the completions are always shown in a popup.
- LyX offers some more completion settings for experts that are described
- in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The completion options for math in the preferences do the same as the correspond
+ing options for text.
+ The special math option
+\family sans
+Autocorrection
+\family default
+ enables characters to be composed.
+ If, for example, you want to insert the character
+\begin_inset Formula $\Rightarrow$
+\end_inset
+
+, you can then input the characters
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
+\series bold
+=>
+\series default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+ to a formula to get it.
+ So this is a quick alternative to the insertion of commands or the use
+ of the math toolbar.
+ A list with supported character combinations can be found in the file
+\family typewriter
+autocorrect
+\family default
+ that is in LyX's installation folder.
+ Math autocorrection can at any time be turned on by pressing the exclamation
+ mark key “!”.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ turns it off.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
- LyX's default is CUA.
+There are at least two different primary binding maps:
+\family typewriter
+cua
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+emacs
+\family default
+.
+ LyX's default is
+\family typewriter
+cua
+\family default
+, which can be changed in the LyX preferences under
+\family sans
+Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Shortcuts
+\family default
+.
+ (You can list or change any key bindings as explained in sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Up
\family default
-, and
+ and
\family sans
Down
\family default
\family default
There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
- If you don't understand this, go read sections
+ If you do not understand this, go read sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
, right now.
Yes, right now.
- If you're still confused, look in the
+ If you are still confused, look in the
\emph on
Tutorial
\emph default
.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+In LyX the
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ key is only used to accept proposed input completions, to move the cursor
+ in tables or math matrices or to change the nesting level in Itemize or
+ Enumerate.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
+ It is used, generically, to cancel operations.
Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
\end_layout
\end_inset
in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
- on which keys it's used in combination with:
+ on which keys it is used in combination with:
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-With
+
\family sans
Backspace
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-With
+
\family sans
Left
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-With
+
\family sans
Home
\family default
\end_inset
- in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
+ in the documentation files) Use this with any of the arrow keys to select
the text between the old and new cursor positions.
\end_layout
Alt+
\family default
function.
- This key does many different things, but it also activates the
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+This key does many different things, but it also activates the
\emph on
menu accelerator keys
\emph default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- menu.
+ dialog.
Typing
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-You'll learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
- because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
- bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
- just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
+You will learn more and more key bindings and short-cut keys as you use
+ LyX, because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar
+ at the bottom of LyX's main window which describes the name of the action
+ you have just triggered, and any existing key bindings for that action.
The LyX menus also list the defined key bindings.
The notation for the key bindings is very similar to the notation used
in this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding
\family sans
-Alt+P Shift-A
+Alt+P Shift+A
\family default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can list or change the key bindings in the menu
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences
-\family default
- under
-\family sans
-Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Shortcuts
-\family default
- as explained in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Editing-Shortcuts"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Chapter
LyX Basics
\begin_inset Index idx
So it is up to you to change the class of your document.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
- how to adjust their properties.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
Document Classes
\begin_inset Index idx
\begin_layout Description
Broadway Layout for writing plays.
- It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
+ It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
with LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
- It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
+ It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one that is distributed
with LyX.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
+We will not go into detail about how to use these different document classes
here.
- You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in Chapter
- 6 of the
+ You can find details about the non-standard classes in Chapter 6 of the
+
\emph on
Additional Features
\emph default
manual.
- Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
+ Here, we will settle for a list of some of the common properties of all
of the document classes.
\end_layout
There are too many.
Fortunately, users can write their own layout files, and many users have
done so.
- Chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-5 of the
+ Chapter
+\emph on
+Installing New Document Classes, Layouts, and Templates
+\emph default
+ of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
dialog.
Highlighting a module in the dialog will bring up a description of what
- it does.the module.
+ it does.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Some modules require LaTeX packages or file format converters that are not
always installed by default.
- LyX will warn you if you do not have a needed package or converter, and
+ LyX will warn you if you do not have a required package or converter, and
it will tell you what exactly you are missing.
You can still use the module while editing your file, but you will not
be able to export to PDF or print your document, since LyX will not be
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
- manual for more information on installing needed packages.
+ manual for more information on installing required packages.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Local Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Local-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Standard
Modules are to LyX much as packages are to LaTeX: They are intended to be
- used in a variety of different documents, and if you often find yourself
- needing the same sort of thing in different documents, you should consider
- writing a module for this purpose.
- Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, and you
- find yourself wanting a specific inset or character style, but only that
- one time.
+ used in a variety of different documents.
+ If you often find yourself needing the same sort of thing in different
+ documents, you should consider writing a module for this purpose.
+ Sometimes, however, a particular document has very special needs, but you
+ need a specific inset or character style only that one time.
You want something that is like a document's own LaTeX preamble.
What you want is LyX's
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
.
- See chapter 5 of the Customization manual for information on how to use
- it.
+ See section
+\emph on
+Local Layout
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual for information on how to use it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
Subsubsection
\family default
headings, and so on.
- We'll describe these headings fully in section
+ We will describe these headings fully in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
+The most important properties of document classes are set in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
.
There in the
\family sans
-Options
+Class
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+options
\family default
field under
\family sans
\begin_layout Standard
The drop box
\family sans
-Headings style
+Headings
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+style
\family default
in the
\family sans
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Empty
+empty
\family default
No page numbers or headings.
\end_layout
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Plain
+plain
\family default
Page numbers only.
\end_layout
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Headings
+headings
\family default
Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
\family sans
-Fancy
+fancy
\family default
- This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
- have the
+ This allows you to define fully customizable headers and footers if you
+ have the LaTeX-package
\series bold
fancyhdr
\series default
\end_inset
- package installed.
- At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
- To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
- preamble.
- Check the documentation for the
-\series bold
-fancyhdr
-\series default
- package for more details,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "fancyhdr"
+ installed.
+ How they are defined is explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Separation
-\family default
- of paragraphs is described in section
+The separation of paragraphs is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
+reference "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You'll find the following options in the menu
+You can find the following options in the menu
\family sans
Page
\begin_inset space ~
Layout
\family default
- of the dialog of the
+ of the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
- menu:
+ dialog:
\family sans
\begin_inset Index idx
\family sans
Orientation
\family default
- Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
+ To choose whether to output as
\family sans
Landscape
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings.
- Because KOMA-Script calculates then the print space automatically by taking
+If you use a KOMA-Script document class, you can use the default settings
+ because KOMA-Script calculates the print space automatically by taking
the paper format and the font size into account.
\end_layout
The name of the style is retained, in case you should want to go back to
the old class.
But these paragraphs will be output with no special formatting, so you
- will either need to create a new style yourself or else to convert these
- paragraphs manually to a style present in your new document class.
+ will either need to create a new style yourself or else convert these paragraph
+s manually to a style present in your new document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
language than English.
- LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
+ LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the language
+ used.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
- and text — in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are pre-coded
+ and text — in fact, all the spacing for just about everything —is pre-coded
into LyX.
As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
LyX takes care of that.
\end_inset
However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
- LyX gives you the ability to globally change
+ LyX gives you the ability globally to change
\emph on
all
\emph default
- of these pre-coded spacings.
- We'll explain more later.
+ these pre-coded spacings.
+ We will explain more later.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Paragraph Separation
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Paragraph-Separation"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To separate paragraphs, select
+Select
\family sans
-Indent
+Indentation
\family default
or
\family sans
-Skip
+Vertical
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+space
\family default
in the submenu
\family sans
\end_inset
- to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
+ to indent paragraphs or to add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\family default
\noun default
- dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
+ dialog you can set the line spacing for the whole document in the submenu
+
\family sans
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+ You can set it for a single paragraph in the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog but this should be used very exceptionally because vertical spacing
+ is normally defined in the environment's style.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
to inherit some of the properties of another.
The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
- tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
- days of typewriters.
- There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
+ tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hangovers from the days
+ of typewriters.
+ There are several paragraph environments that are specific to a particular
document type.
- We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
+ We will only be covering the most common ones here.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that hitting
+Note that entering
\family sans
Return
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
+LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you enter
\family sans
Return
\family default
Standard
\family default
.
- LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
- Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
- and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
+ Also the nesting depth is preserved (for more on nesting see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
).
- At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
-
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
- If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
- use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
-
- instead.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
environment.
Note that using this environment is optional.
If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
- If you don't want any date, add the line
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-date{}
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-to the preamble of your document (menu
+ If you don't want a date, use the option
+\family sans
+Suppress default date on front page
+\family default
+ in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+class
\family default
-)
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
For example, suppose you're writing a book.
You group the book into chapters.
- LyX does similar grouping:
+ LyX does a similar grouping:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
Part
\family default
- is divided in either
+ is divided into either
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
Subsubsection
\family default
environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
- along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
+ along with the number of the subsection, section and, if applicable, chapter
that it's in.
For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
label
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
- They are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Part*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Chapter*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Section*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Subsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-
-\family sans
-Subsubsection*
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
+The unnumbered section headings have a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
- They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
- table of contents, see section
+ at the end of their name.
+ They work the same as their numbered counterparts but will not appear in
+ the table of contents, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
in the Table of Contents.
Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
class.
- Certain classes start with
+ Just as certain classes start with
\family sans
Chapter
\family default
Settings
\family default
dialog.
-\family sans
-
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
-
-\family default
Under
\family sans
Numbering
TOC
\family default
- you'll see two counters.
+ you will see two counters.
The one named
\family sans
Numbering
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Argument
+\begin_inset Argument 1
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
Standard
\family default
when you start a new paragraph.
- So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
+ So, you can type in that poem and merrily enter
\family sans
Return
\family default
without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
- Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
- to change back to the
+ Of course, that means that, once you are done typing in that poem, you
+ have to change back to the
\family sans
Standard
\family default
Quotation
\family default
environment.
- If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
- If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
+ If I keep writing, you will see the indentation.
+ If your country uses a writing style that indicates new paragraphs by indenting
the first line, then
\family sans
Quotation
List
\family default
environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
- We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
- some general features of all four of them.
+ We will present the individual details of each type of list next after
+ describing some general features of all four of them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Standard
\family default
but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
- The nesting depth is hereby kept.
+ The nesting depth is thereby kept.
If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
depth, you can use
\begin_inset Info
arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
- to break paragraphs.
+.
+ If you do this at the top level of a list, it returns you to the
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_inset
.
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
+The first type of list we will describe in detail is the
\family sans
Itemize
\family default
Itemize
\family default
list.
- You can customize these labels in the
+ You can customize how these labels are displayed in the output in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
Bullets
\family default
.
-\family sans
-
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_inset
-
+ These customizations are not displayed in LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
- We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
+ We will explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
+You can customize the type of numbering used in the
\family sans
Enumerate
\family default
- environment.
- It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual).
- As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
- not in LyX.
+ environment, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Customized-Lists"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Such customization only shows up in the printed version, not in LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- it is meant that the first hit of the
+ it is meant that the first usage of the
\family sans
Space
\family default
key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
item.
- If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
+ If you need to use more than one word in a label use a
\family sans
-Protected Blank
+Protected Space
\family default
.
(Use either
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
+arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
\end_inset
or the menu
Space
\family default
-, see section
+; see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
- for more info.) Here is an example:
+ for more information.) Here is an example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Blank
+Space
\family default
in the label of a
\family sans
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-The LyX
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
-
+Labeling
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! LyX list
+Lists ! Labeling
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
The
\family sans
-List
-\family default
- environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- When you are using a KOMA-Script document class, like in this document,
- the
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
- environment is named
-\family sans
Labeling
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+ environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
Description
\family default
- environment the
+ list the
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
- There are the following properties of this list environment:
+ list has user-defined labels for each list item but it provides some additional
+ features.
+ Here are its properties:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\family default
after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
- blank as described above.
+ space as described above.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
items in a
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environment have the same left margin.
+ environment has the same left margin.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
Settings
\family default
- dialog.
+ dialog (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+
+).
The text in the box
\family sans
Longest
\end_inset
multiple times instead.
- The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
+ M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
By using
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (equal to 6 M).
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
- only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
-\end_layout
-
+ (equal to 6
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+M).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You should use the
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environment the same way like the
+ list the same way as the
\family sans
Description
\family default
it.
The
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
layout.
\begin_layout Standard
You can nest
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
- so on.
+ lists inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and so on.
They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
Read section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_layout Standard
There is yet another feature of the
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
- environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
- labels by default.
+ list: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item labels
+ by default.
You can use additional
\family sans
HFills
.
Here are some examples:
-\begin_inset Newpage pagebreak
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Labeling
\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
Left The default for
\family sans
-List
+Labeling
\family default
item labels.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Letters
+Customized Lists
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Customized-Lists"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Letters
+Lists ! Customized
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
-: An Overview
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
- environments called
+The features described in this section require that the module
\family sans
-Address
+Customisable Lists (enumitem)
\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ is loaded in the document settings.
+ The module uses the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
-Address
-\family default
-.
- To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
- in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
- In contrast, you can use the
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-Address
-\family default
- paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
- You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
- anything in them.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Of course, you're not limited to using
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
- for letters only.
-
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Address
-\family default
-, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
- some European academic papers.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Usage
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Address-Usage"
+Custom Enumerate Lists
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Enumerate ! Custom
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\noindent
+The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding an optional
+ argument (menu
\family sans
-Address
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Short Title
\family default
- environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
- for the opening and signature in some countries.
- Similarly, the
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+) to the first item of each level in the list.
+ There you add the command
+\end_layout
-Address
-\family default
- environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
- is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
- Here's an example of each:
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+label=
+\backslash
+roman{enumi}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Right Address
-Right Address
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Standard
+in TeX Code (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
-Who I am
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+).
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-Where I am
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For more about TeX Code, look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-When is it? What is today?
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-That was
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:TeX-Code"
+
\end_inset
-Address
-\family default
.
- Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
- fit the largest block of text on a single line.
- Here's an example of the
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Address
-Who are you
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Where do I send this
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-Your post office and country
-\end_layout
+\emph on
+ enumi
+\emph default
+ is hereby the first level counter of the enumeration.
+ The command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, both
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+roman
+\series default
+ outputs the counter as a small Roman numeral.
+ For capital Roman numerals replace
+\series bold
-Address
-\family default
- add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
- If you hit
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
- the environment to
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
+\backslash
+roman
+\series default
+ with
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+Roman
+\series default
+ in the command above.
+ For Arabic numerals use
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+arabic
+\series default
.
- This makes sense, since
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- is the
-\family typewriter
-break-paragraph
-\family default
- function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
- Thus, you have to use
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
+ To
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- or
-\family sans
-Formatting
-\begin_inset space ~
+number
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Line
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ items with capital or small Latin letters use
+\series bold
-Break
-\family default
- from the
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
- menu) to start a new line in an
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
+\backslash
+Alph
+\series default
or
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
- environment.
-\end_layout
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Academic Writing
+\backslash
+alph
+\series default
+, respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
- or list of references.
- LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
-\end_layout
+\noindent
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can only number 26
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Abstracts
+items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment is used for the abstract of an article.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
- Also, don't bother trying to nest
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- in anything else or vice versa.
- It won't work.
- The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
- The book document classes ignores the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- completely, and it's utterly silly to use
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- in a letter document class.
+To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace the 'i' in the command
+ by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii, enumiv).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment does several things for you.
- First, it puts the centered label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Abstract
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- above the text.
- The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
- space.
- Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
- Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
- the subsequent text.
- Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
- The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
+Here is a list with custom numbering:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Starting a new paragraph by hitting
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- The new paragraph will still be in the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment.
- So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
- finish entering the abstract of your document.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
+
+label=
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\end_inset
+
+Level 1
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph in the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment
+label=
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-
+Level 2
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-We'd love to give you directly an example of the
-\family sans
-Abstract
-\family default
- environment, but since this document is in the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Level 2
+\end_layout
-book
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
- class, we can't do this.
- We inserted it therefore as figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
+label=
+\backslash
+bf{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
- If you've never heard of an
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-abstract
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- before, you can safely ignore this environment.
+Level 3
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
+
+label=
+\backslash
+emph{
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Biblio_environment"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+Level 4
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment is used to list references.
- Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
- only use it at the end of the document.
- Nesting
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- in anything else or vice versa won't work.
+For this list these commands were used:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you first open a
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\noindent
-Bibliography
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\series bold
+label=
+\backslash
+#
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}
+\backslash
+#
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+label=
+\backslash
+Alph{enumi}.
+\backslash
+arabic{enumii}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-References,
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+label=
+\backslash
+bf{
+\backslash
+arabic{enumiii}}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- depending on the document class.
- The heading is in a large boldface font.
- Each paragraph of the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment is a bibliography entry.
- Thus, hitting
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- Each new paragraph is still in the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment.
+label=
+\backslash
+emph{
+\backslash
+roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
- by using a BibTeX database.
- For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
-phy handling, have a look at in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+where the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+emph{}
+\series default
+ makes the label emphasized and
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Bibliography"
+\backslash
+bf{}
+\series default
+ makes it bold.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ When you change the label of a list level, it will be used for all following
+ lists until you change the definition.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LyX
-\family sans
--Code
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Resumed Enumeration
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph ! LyX code
+Lists ! Enumerate ! Resumed
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LyX-Code"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment is another LyX extension.
- It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
- It also treats the
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- key as a fixed whitespace;
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+Enumerations can be resumed after intermediate paragraphs:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment, the
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- key is treated as a
-\family sans
-Protected
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
-Blank
-\family default
- instead of an end-of-word marker.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
+label=
+\backslash
+arabic{enumi}.
+\end_layout
- this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
- If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- (the
-\family typewriter
-break-line
-\family default
- function).
-
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- breaks paragraphs.
- Note, however, that
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- does not reset the paragraph environment.
- So, when you finish using the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
- Also, you can nest the
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- environment inside of others.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are a few quirks with this environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+first
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status open
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+goes back to default numbering
+\end_layout
-you can't follow
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- with a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-).
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't follow a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+second
+\end_layout
- with a
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Standard
+regular text
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Use a
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
+\begin_layout Enumerate-Resume
+resumed
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To resume an enumeration, use the style
\family sans
-Space
+Enumerate-Resume
\family default
.
+ Its numbering appears in blue within LyX to indicate that it is a resumed
+ list and that the numbering will not be correct in LyX, but in the output.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Or: use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
- instead.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
- You must put at least one
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- in any line you want blank.
- Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ If there is no previous enumeration to resume, you will get a LaTeX error.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- since that will insert
-\emph on
-real
-\emph default
- quotes.
- You get the typewriter double quotes with
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "self-insert \""
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example:
+Perhaps you might want to resume the list with a different number from the
+ next one.
+ Or you want to start a new enumeration with a defined number.
+ This is possible by adding an optional argument to the first list item
+ of a normal enumeration.
+ There, insert the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-#include <stdio.h>
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-
+\series bold
+start=number
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-int main(void)
+\begin_layout Standard
+where
+\emph on
+number
+\emph default
+ is the number with which you want to resume the list.
+ An example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-{
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+first item
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- printf("Hello World!
-\backslash
-n");
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+second item
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
- return 0;
+\begin_layout Standard
+Enumeration starting at a given value:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-}
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+start=4
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is just the standard
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Hello world!
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- program.
-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\family default
- has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
- rc-files, and so on.
- Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
- as if you used a typewriter.
+This enumeration starts at 4
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+List Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paragraph environments|)
+Lists ! Spacing
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Nesting Environments
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+In some cases you might want less or more vertical space between the items
+ of a list.
+ For example if the default space is too much in your opinion in this case:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+A bullet list
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+with standard spacing
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can decrease the space by adding an optional argument to the first item
+ of the list.
+ Add there the command
+\series bold
+nolistsep
+\series default
+ to get no additional list space like in this example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Environments
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+nolistsep
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Nesting"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+A bullet list
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+without additional
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+\begin_layout Itemize
+vertical space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
- properties.
- This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
- another block.
- For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
- has two subpoints.
- In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
- list
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+To add space you can use several other commands provided by the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-attached
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+.
+ For more information see its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "enumitem"
+
\end_inset
- to item #2:
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-one
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are also many commands available to change the horizontal spacing
+ and indentation.
+ Here is an example where the indentation was changed to that of the paragraphs
+ in the document and the label separation was set to 2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-two
+cm so that the number is in the page margin:
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist – item #1
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status open
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-sublist – item #2
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-three
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+labelindent=
+\backslash
+parindent, labelsep=2cm
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
- Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
-\family sans
-Increase
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Depth
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Decrease
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Depth
-\family default
- from the
-\family sans
-Edit
-\family default
- menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
- will tell you how far you are nested).
- Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+An enumeration
+\end_layout
- and
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "depth-decrement"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+with negative indentation
+\end_layout
- or the convenient key bindings
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Shift-Tab
-\family default
- or
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Further Customization
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Lists ! Customization
+\end_layout
- and
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
- to change the nesting level.
- The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
- you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
- paragraph.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
- If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
- Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
- depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+You can also change the style of description lists.
+ The command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Nesting isn't limited to lists.
- In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
- about to find out.
- This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-What You Can and Can't Nest
+\series bold
+font=definition
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
- you a little bit more about how nesting works.
+changes the description label font, the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
- complicated than a simple yes or no.
- There are three types of paragraph environments:
+
+\series bold
+style=definition
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Completely unnestable
+\begin_layout Standard
+sets the list style.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
- things inside them.
+\begin_layout Standard
+An example where the command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
- anything into them.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+font=
+\backslash
+itshape, style=nextline
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
- environments have them:
+is used:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Unnestable Can't nest them.
- Can't nest into them.
-\end_layout
+Ionizing
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+radiation:
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-Abstract
+labelindent=0pt, labelsep=1cm, font=
+\backslash
+itshape, style=nextline
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Title
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Author
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Date
+Ionizing radiation consists of particles or electromagnetic waves that are
+ energetic enough to detach electrons from atoms or molecules, therefore
+ ionizing them.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Description
-Fully
+Reference
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Nestable You can nest them.
- You can nest other things into them.
+counting: In computer science, reference counting is a technique of storing
+ the number of references, pointers, or handles to a resource such as an
+ object, block of memory, disk space or other resource.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are many more commands and features provided by the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
-\family sans
-Verse
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Quote
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\end_layout
+.
+ For more information see its documentation
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "enumitem"
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Itemize
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Letters
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Enumerate
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Letters
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Description
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-List
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
\family sans
-LyX-Code
-\end_layout
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
- You can't nest anything into them.
+Address
+\family default
+: An Overview
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
+ environments called
\family sans
-Standard
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-Part
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Address
+\family default
+.
+ To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
+ in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
+ In contrast, you can use the
\family sans
-Chapter
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-Section
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subsection
+Address
+\family default
+ paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
+ You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
+ anything in them.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Of course, you're not limited to using
\family sans
-Subsubsection
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+Address
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
-Paragraph
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Address
+\family default
+ for letters only.
+
\family sans
-Subparagraph
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+, in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
+ some European academic papers.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Usage
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Address-Usage"
-\family sans
-Part*
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\family sans
-Chapter*
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
\family sans
-Section*
+Address
+\family default
+ environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
+ for the opening and signature in some countries.
+ Similarly, the
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Address
+\family default
+ environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
+ is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
+ Here's an example of each:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Right Address
+Right Address
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subsection*
-\end_layout
+Who I am
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
+Where I am
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Subsubsection*
+When is it? What is today?
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+That was
\family sans
Right
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Address
+\family default
+.
+ Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
+ fit the largest block of text on a single line.
+ Here's an example of the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ environment:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout Address
+Who are you
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Address
+Where do I send this
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Your post office and country
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+As you can see, both
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
+Address
+\family default
+ add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
+ If you enter
\family sans
-Chapter
+Return
\family default
-,
+ in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
+ the environment to
\family sans
-Section
+Standard
\family default
-, etc.
+.
+ This makes sense, since
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ is the
+\family typewriter
+break-paragraph
+\family default
+ function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
+ Thus, you have to use
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
+
+ or
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ragged
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Line
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+Break
+\family default
+) to start a new line in an
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to create
- well structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas nested
- section headings violate this.
+Address
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Academic Writing
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
+ or list of references.
+ LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Abstract
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Tables etc.
+Abstracts
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
- affected by nesting anyhow.
- They are:
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is used for the abstract of an article.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
+ Also, don't bother trying to nest
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in anything else or
+\emph on
+vice versa
+\emph default
+.
+ It will not work.
+ The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
+ The book document classes ignores the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ completely, and it's utterly silly to use
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ in a letter document class.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-equations
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment does several things for you.
+ First, it puts the centered label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-tables
+Abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ above the text.
+ The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
+ space.
+ Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
+ Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
+ the subsequent text.
+ Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
+ The actual appearance in the output depends on the document class you are
+ using.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-figures
+\begin_layout Standard
+Starting a new paragraph by entering
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ The new paragraph will still be in the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment.
+ So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
+ finish entering the abstract of your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-(
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Figures and tables in
-\family sans
-Floats
-\family default
- are not affected by this.
-\end_layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
\end_inset
- Have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Floats"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
\end_inset
- for more information about
+Paragraph in the
\family sans
-Floats
+Abstract
\family default
-.)
+ environment
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
- If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
- it is in goes.
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-paragraph
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- of its own, it behaves just like a
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We would love to demonstrate the
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\family default
+ environment, but since this document is in the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-nestable-inside
+book
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- paragraph environment.
- You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
- into it.
-\end_layout
+ class, we can't do this.
+ We inserted it therefore as figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example with a table:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Item One
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Paragraph-in-the"
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (a) and it's nested.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+.
+ If you have never heard of an
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+abstract
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ before, you can safely ignore this environment.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-a
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-b
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Biblio_environment"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-c
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-d
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is used to list references.
+ Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
+ only use it at the end of the document.
+ Nesting
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ in anything else or
+\emph on
+vice versa
+\emph default
+ will not work.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you first open a
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, LyX adds a large vertical space, followed by the heading
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+References,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ depending on the document class.
+ The heading is in a large boldface font.
+ Each paragraph of the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment is a bibliography entry.
+ Thus, entering
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ Each new paragraph is still in the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+There is another, usually better way to include references in your document
+ by using a BibTeX database.
+ For more information on that, and for a detailed description of LyX's bibliogra
+phy handling, have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (b).
- The table is actually nested inside (a).
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Back out again.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LyX
+\family sans
+-Code
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Item One
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paragraph ! LyX code
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (a) and it's nested.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LyX-Code"
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+The
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment is another LyX extension.
+ It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
+ It also treats the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key as a fixed whitespace;
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+In the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment, the
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ key is treated as a
+\family sans
+Protected
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-a
+Blank
+\family default
+ instead of an end-of-word marker.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-b
-\end_layout
+ this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
+ If you need to insert blank lines, you will still need to use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ (the
+\family typewriter
+break-line
+\family default
+ function).
+
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ breaks paragraphs.
+ Note, however, that
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ does not reset the paragraph environment.
+ So, when you finish using the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment, you will need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
+ Also, you can nest the
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ environment inside of others.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-c
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are a few quirks with this environment:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-d
-\end_layout
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+you can't follow
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ with a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't follow a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
+ with a
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Use a
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Or: use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
\end_inset
+ instead.
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
+ You must put at least one
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ in any line you want blank.
+ Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (b).
- The table is
+\begin_layout Itemize
+You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ since that will insert
\emph on
-not
+real
\emph default
- nested inside (a).
- In fact, it's not nested at all.
-\end_layout
+ quotes.
+ You get the typewriter double quotes with
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "self-insert \""
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Back out again.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
- item of a new list!
+Here is an example:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
- deep enough.
- LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+#include <stdio.h>
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Item One
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (a) and it's nested.
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+int main(void)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+{
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ printf("Hello World!
+\backslash
+n");
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+ return 0;
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+This is just the standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Hello world!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ program.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+ has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
+ rc-files, and so on.
+ Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
+ as if you used a typewriter.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-a
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ For longer parts of programming code, use the listings inset that is described
+ in the chapter
+\emph on
+Program Code Listings
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-b
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Nesting Environments
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-c
+Nesting ! Environments
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-d
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Nesting"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
+LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
+ properties.
+ This allows you to create blocks that inherit some of the properties of
+ another block.
+ For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
+ has two subpoints.
+ In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
+ list
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+attached
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ to item #2:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is (b).
- The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- inside (a).
+one
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Back out again.
+two
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
- new list
-\emph on
-inside
-\emph default
- item 1.
- The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
- So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
- depth!
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+sublist – item #1
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Usage and General Features
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+sublist – item #2
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
- In other words,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-level #6
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- is the innermost possible depth.
- Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-level #1 – outermost
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-level #2
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-level #3
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-level #4
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-level #5
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-level #6
+three
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
- both of them in the example.
- Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
- nesting with the
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\family default
- environments.
- For example, if we tried to nest another
+You put a list inside a list by nesting one list inside the other.
+ Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- list inside item
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Increase
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-A.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+List
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, we would get errors.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Some Examples
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nesting ! Examples
-\end_layout
-
+Depth
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Decrease
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
- We have several examples of nested environments.
- In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
- them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#1-a This is the outermost level.
- It's a
-\family sans
List
-\family default
- environment.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#2-a This is level #2.
- We created it by using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- followed by
+Depth
+\family default
+ to change the nesting depth (the status bar will tell you how far you are
+ nested).
+ Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
+type "icon"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#3-a This is level #3.
- This time, we just hit
+ or the key bindings
\family sans
-Return
+Tab
\family default
-, then used
+ and
+\family sans
+Shift+Tab
+\family default
+ or
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
- twice in a row.
- We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
- by hitting
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
-
- followed by
+ and
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
+arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
.
+ The change will work on the current selection, if you have made one (allowing
+ you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
+ paragraph.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-This is actually a
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- environment, nested inside of
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-#3-a
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
+ If it is invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
+ Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
+ depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
+\end_layout
-.
- So, it's at level #4.
- We did this by hitting
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Nesting isn't limited to lists.
+ In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
+ about to find out.
+ This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
+\end_layout
-, then
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+What You Can and Can't Nest
+\end_layout
-, then changing the paragraph environment to
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
-.
- Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
- for the
-\family sans
-Description
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
-, and
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\family default
- environments!
+\begin_layout Standard
+Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
+ you a little bit more about how nesting works.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's another
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+The question of nesting a paragraph environment is a bit more complicated
+ than a simple yes or no.
+ There are three types of paragraph environments:
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Completely unnestable
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#4-a This is level #4.
- We hit
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Fully nestable, you can nest them inside things and you can also nest other
+ things inside them.
+\end_layout
- and changed the paragraph environment back to
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
-.
- Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
- However, we
-\emph on
-can
-\emph default
- keep nesting things inside
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
+ anything into them.
+\end_layout
-#3-a
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
+ environments have them:
+\end_layout
-.
+\begin_layout Description
+Unnestable Can't nest them.
+ Can't nest into them.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Bibliography
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
-and this is level #6.
- By now, you should know how we made these two.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#5-b Back to level #5.
- Just hit
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Abstract
+\end_layout
- followed by a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-decrement"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-.
+\family sans
+Title
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#4-b After another
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
-
- followed by a
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-decrement"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-, we're back at level #4.
+\family sans
+Author
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#3-b Back to level #3.
- By now it should be obvious how we did this.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Date
\end_layout
\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#2-b Back to level #2.
-
+\begin_layout Description
+Fully
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Nestable You can nest them.
+ You can nest other things into them.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring MMM
-#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
- After this sentence, we'll hit
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- and change the paragraph environment back to
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
- to end the list.
+Verse
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-We could have also used the
-\family sans
-Description
-\family default
-,
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
Quote
-\family default
-,
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
Quotation
-\family default
-, or even the
-\family sans
-Verse
-\family default
- environment in place of the
-\family sans
-List
-\family default
- environment.
- The example would have worked exactly the same.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example 2: Inheritance
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
+\family sans
+Itemize
\end_layout
-\begin_layout LyX-Code
-level.
- Now we'll hit
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
-, then
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-, after which, we'll change to the
\family sans
Enumerate
-\family default
- environment.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is the
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- environment, at level #2.
+Description
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Notice how the nested
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
+List
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
LyX-Code
-\family default
-), but also inherits its font and spacing!
\end_layout
\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-We ended this example by hitting
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
-.
- After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
+\begin_layout Description
+Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside other things.
+ You can't nest anything into them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
Standard
-\family default
- and reset the nesting depth by using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-decrement"
-\end_inset
-
- once.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\family default
- Environments
-\begin_inset Argument
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Itemize
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
+\family sans
+Part
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Chapter
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Section
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is level #1, in an
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- paragraph environment.
- We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
+Subsection
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is level #2.
- We used
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
- followed by
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Subsubsection
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
-.
- Now, what happens if we nest an
\family sans
-Itemize
-\family default
- environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
- label be? An asterisk?
+Paragraph
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-No! It's a bullet.
- This is the
-\emph on
-first
-\emph default
-
+
\family sans
-Itemize
-\family default
- environment, even though it's at level #3.
- So, its label is a bullet.
- (We got here by using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+Subparagraph
+\end_layout
-, then
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-, then changing the environment to
\family sans
-Itemize
-\family default
-.)
+Part*
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Itemize
-Here's level #4, produced using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
-, then
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Chapter*
+\end_layout
-.
- We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Section*
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-to get to level #5.
- This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
-.
- Notice the type of numbering, it is
-\emph on
-lowercase Roman
-\emph default
-, because we are in the
-\emph on
-thirdfold
-\emph default
-
+Subsection*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- environment (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Subsubsection*
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
- it is an
+Address
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- inside an
+Address
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Although it is possible, for example, to nest numbered section headings
+ like
\family sans
-Enumerate
+Chapter
\family default
- inside an
+,
\family sans
-Enumerate
+Section
\family default
-).
-\end_layout
+, etc.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-What happens if we
-\emph on
-don't
-\emph default
- change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
- type of numbering does LyX use?
+into lists, it is highly recommended not to do this because the aim is to
+ create well-structured documents following typesetting guidelines whereas
+ nested section headings violate this.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
- to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Let's use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-decrement"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nesting ! Tables etc.
+\end_layout
- to decrease the depth after the next
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is level #4.
- Look what type of label LyX is using!
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
+ affected by nesting anyhow.
+ They are:
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-This is level #3.
- Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
- numeral as the label.Why?
+\begin_layout Itemize
+equations
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
-\emph on
-still
-\emph default
- a thirdfold
+\begin_layout Itemize
+tables
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+figures
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+(
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Figures and tables in
\family sans
-Enumerate
+Floats
\family default
- environment.
- Notice, however, that LyX
-\emph on
-did
-\emph default
- reset the counter for the label.
+ are not affected by this.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Another
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-decrement"
+ Have a look at section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- sequence, and we're back to level #2.
- This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
- into the twofold-nested
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Floats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for more information about
\family sans
-Enumerate
+Floats
\family default
- environment.
+.)
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-The same thing happens if we do another
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
+ If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
+ it is in goes.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-decrement"
+paragraph
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ of its own, it behaves just like a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+nestable-inside
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
+ paragraph environment.
+ You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
+ into it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Lastly, we reset the environment to
-\family sans
-Standard
-\family default
-.
- As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
- LyX uses for the
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\family default
- environments.
- The number of other
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
- an
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- item.
- The same rule applies for the
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\family default
- environment, as well.
+Here's an example with a table:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Example 4: Going Bonkers
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Item One
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-We're going to go totally nuts now.
- We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
- same detail with how we did it.
- (level #1:
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
-)
+This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-(
-\family sans
-Return,
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
-\family sans
-, Standard
-\family default
-: level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
- example in parentheses someplace.
- For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
- The environment name is the name of the current environment.
- Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-(
-\family sans
-Return, Enumerate
-\family default
-: level #1) This is the next item in the list.
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Verse
-Now we'll add verse.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_layout
-It will get much worse.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-(
-\family sans
-Return,
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-, Verse
-\family default
-: level #2)
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Verse
-Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-Bippitey boppitey boo!
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-(
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
-\family sans
-)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Verse
-Here comes a table:
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (b).
+ The table is actually nested inside (a).
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back out again.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Item One
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (a) and it's nested.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-one-fish
+a
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-two-fish
+b
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-red-fish
+c
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-blue-fish
+d
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Verse
-(
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-, Table,
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-increment"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
- 3 times,
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-, Verse,
-\family default
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (b).
+ The table is
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ nested inside (a).
+ In fact, it's not nested at all.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "depth-decrement"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back out again.
+\end_layout
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-(
-\family sans
-Return, Enumerate
-\family default
-: level #1) This is another item.
- Note that selecting a
-\family sans
-Table
-\family default
- resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
- 3 times to put the table inside the
-\family sans
-Verse
-\family default
- environment.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-We're now ending the
-\family sans
-Enumerate
-\family default
- list and changing to
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\family default
-.
- We're still at level #1.
- We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
- The next set of paragraphs is a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-quoted letter.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- We'll nest both the
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
- environments inside of this one, then use another nested
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\family default
- for the letter body.
- We'll use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "break-paragraph inverse"
-\end_inset
-
- to preserve the depth.
- Remember that you need to use
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
-
- to create multiple lines inside the
-\family sans
-Address
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Address
-\family default
- environments.
- Here it goes:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Right Address
-1234 Nowhere Rd.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Moosegroin, MT 00100
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-9-6-96
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Address
-Dear Mr.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Fizlewitz:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
- Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
- a backlog in our orders for methane.
- We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
- as soon as possible.
- In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-We do, however, now have a special on beef.
- If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
- with your order, along with payment.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-We thank you again for your patience.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Address
-Sincerely,
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Bill Hick
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Quotation
-That ends that example!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
- just a few keystrokes.
- We could have easily nested an
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\family default
- list inside of a
-\family sans
-Quotation
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Quote
-\family default
-, or put a
-\family sans
-Quote
-\family default
- inside of an
-\family sans
-Itemize
-\family default
- list.
- You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Custom Numbering of Numbered Lists
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Lists ! Enumerate ! Customized
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-The default numbering of numbered lists can be changed by adding this command
- in TeX Code (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "ert-insert"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more about TeX Code, look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:TeX-Code"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- to your document preamble or in the text:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumi}{
-\backslash
-roman{enumi}}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\emph on
-enumi
-\emph default
- is hereby the counter of the enumeration in the first level.
- The command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-roman
-\series default
- outputs the counter as small Roman numeral.
- For capital Roman numerals replace in the command above
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-roman
-\series default
- by
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-Roman
-\series default
-.
- For Arabic numerals use
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-arabic
-\series default
-.
- To
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-number
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- items with capital or small Latin letters use
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-Alph
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-alph
-\series default
-, respectively.
- To
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-number
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- items with symbols use
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fnsymbol
-\series default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You can only number 26
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-items with Latin letters, because this numbering is limited to single letters.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You can only number 9
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-items with symbols.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To change the numbering for the list sublevels, replace each 'i' in the
- command by the small Roman numeral of the level (enumi, enumii, enumiii,
- enumiv).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As example a list with custom numbering:
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
+ item of a new list!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumi}{
-\backslash
-#
-\backslash
-Alph{enumi}
-\backslash
-#}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumii}{
-\backslash
-Alph{enumi}.
-\backslash
-arabic{enumii}}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumiii}{
-\backslash
-fnsymbol{enumiii}}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumiv}{(
-\backslash
-roman{enumiv})}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Level 1
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Level 2
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Level 2
+There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
+ deep enough.
+ LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Level 3
+Item One
\end_layout
\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Level 4
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-For this list these commands were used:
+This is (a) and it's nested.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumi}{
-\backslash
-#
-\backslash
-Alph{enumi}
-\backslash
-#}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumii}{
-\backslash
-Alph{enumi}.
-\backslash
-arabic{enumii}}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumiii}{
-\backslash
-fnsymbol{enumiii}}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumiv}{(
-\backslash
-roman{enumiv})}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumi}{
-\backslash
-arabic{enumi}.}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumii}{
-\backslash
-alph{enumi})}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumiii}{
-\backslash
-roman{enumiii}.}
-\end_layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-labelenumiv}{
-\backslash
-Alph{enumiv}.}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-set the numbering back to the default
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Spacing, pagination and line breaks
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
- you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
- you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
- be broken at the end of a line.
- The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
- useful.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Protected Space
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Protected-Space"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces ! Protected
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
- line at that point.
- This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-Further documentation is given in section
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Bibliography"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-section
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Bibliography"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- A protected space is set with
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Protected
-\bar under
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\bar default
-Space
-\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Horizontal Space
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing ! Horizontal
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Horizontal Space
-\family default
-.
- The length units are listed in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Inter-word Space
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces ! Inter-word
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some languages (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
-ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Abbreviations"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
- In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert normal"
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Thin Space
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Thin-Space"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces ! Thin
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-thin space
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-protected
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-).
- The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
- thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
- inside abbreviations:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-D.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-E.
- Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-or between values and units.
- Compare for example this:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-10
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-kg (thin space)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-10 kg (normal space
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Thin
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Space
-\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "space-insert thin"
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-More Spaces
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:More-Spaces"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can furthermore insert the following space types:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Negative
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-thin
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-space A line with a
-\begin_inset Formula $\to$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
-\end_inset
-
- Negative thin space between the arrows.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Enspace
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(0.5
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em) A line with a
-\begin_inset Formula $\to$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space \enskip{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
-\end_inset
-
- Enspace (0.5
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em) space between the arrows.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Quad
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em) A line with a
-\begin_inset Formula $\to$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space \quad{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
-\end_inset
-
- Quad
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em) space between the arrows.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-QQuad
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em) A line with a
-\begin_inset Formula $\to$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space \qquad{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
-\end_inset
-
- QQuad
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em) space between the arrows.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Custom
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-space A line with
-\begin_inset Formula $\to$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space \hspace{}
-\length 2cm
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
-\end_inset
-
- 2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-cm space between the arrows.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "tab:Width-of-the"
-
-\end_inset
-
- lists the different space sizes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "tab:Width-of-the"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Width of the different horizontal spaces.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Space
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Width
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+a
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Normal
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1/3
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Protected
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1/3
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Thin
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1/6
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Negative thin
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
--1/6
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Enspace (0.5
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-0.5
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Quad (1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-QQuad (2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-em
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-
-\family sans
-Horizontal Fills
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing ! Fills
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
- in a uniform fashion.
- An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
- the remaining space between the left and right margins.
- If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
- equally between themselves.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here a few examples what you can do with them:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-\noindent
-This is on the left side
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-This is on the right
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-\noindent
-Left
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-Middle
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-Right
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quote
-\noindent
-Left
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-1/3 Left
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-Right
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-That was an example in the
-\family sans
-Quote
-\family default
- environment.
- Here
-\begin_inset Formula $\to$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
-\end_inset
-
-is one in a standard paragraph.
- It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
-\emph on
-is
-\emph default
- sitting in-between the two arrows.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
-\family sans
-Fill
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Pattern
-\family default
- in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Dots:
-\begin_inset space \dotfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Rule:
-\begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Left arrow:
-\begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Right arrow:
-\begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Up brace:
-\begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Down brace:
-\begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
- This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
- If you need space in this case anyway, set the
-\family sans
-Protect
-\family default
- option in the space dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Phantom Space
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing ! Phantom
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-you want to create the following multiple choice question:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-What is correct English?:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Mr.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Edge would have been jumps the gun.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Mr.
- Edge
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-has to be jumped
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Mr.
- Edge
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-jumps
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Mr.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Edge
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Phantom
-\family default
-.
- In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
- lines and insert
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Mr.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Edge
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- into the phantom inset (note the space after
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Edge
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-).
- A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
- That is why it is named
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-phantom
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
- while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
- dimension.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Vertical Space
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Vertical-Space"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing ! Vertical
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Vertical
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Space
-\family default
- dialog.
- There you find the following sizes:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-SmallSkip
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-MedSkip
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-BigSkip
-\family default
- are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
-
-\family sans
-DefSkip
-\family default
- is the skip adjusted in the dialog
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- for the paragraph separation.
- If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
-\family sans
-DefSkip
-\family default
- is equal to
-\family sans
-MedSkip
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-VFill
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spacing ! Fills
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
- An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
- between them.
- Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
- one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
-
-\family sans
-VFill
-\family default
-s work like
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
-s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-HFill
-\family default
-s are described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- If there are several
-\family sans
-VFill
-\family default
-s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
- You can therefore use
-\family sans
-VFill
-\family default
-s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Custom
-\family default
- are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
-
-\series medium
-When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
- a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
-\family sans
-Protect
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Paragraph Alignment
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the paragraph alignment with the
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paragraph Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
- There are five possibilities:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Justified
-\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Left
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Right
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Center
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- (
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
- spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
- the left and right margins.
- The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align right
-This paragraph is right aligned,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-this one is centered,
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align left
-this one is left aligned.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Forced Page Breaks
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Page breaks ! Forced
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
- can force a page break where you want one.
- Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
- Only if you use a lot of
-\family sans
-Floats
-\family default
-, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished and
- until you have checked in the preview to see if you
-\emph on
-really
-\emph default
- have to change the page breaking.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
- action.
- This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-New
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Page
-\family default
-.
- The second type, that is inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Break
-\family default
-, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
- the complete page.
- This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
- on which only the last few lines are absent.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
- at the top of a page.
- This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
- LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
- appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
- having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
- See chapter
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
-
-\end_inset
-
- to learn more about
-\family sans
-Floats
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Clear Page Breaks
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Page breaks ! Clear
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
- directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
- That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
- unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed behind
- it, if necessary by adding pages.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert a clear page break with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Clear
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Page
-\family default
-.
- When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Clear
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Double
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Page
-\family default
- to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
- page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Forced Line Breaks
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Line breaks
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: One that simply
- breaks the line.
- You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ragged
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Line
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Break
-\family default
- or with
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- Another type that is inserted via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Justified
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Line
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Break
-\family default
- breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
- the page margins.
- This is necessary to avoid
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-fringes
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by line breaks.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
- LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
- There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
- set a line break, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-in a poem or for an address (see sections
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Quote"
-
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Verse"
-
-\end_inset
-
- and
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Address-Usage"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Horizontal Lines
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Horizontal lines
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\begin_inset CommandInset line
-LatexCommand rule
-offset "0.5ex"
-width "100line%"
-height "1pt"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the dialog
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Horizontal
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Line
-\family default
- you can insert horizontal lines.
- The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
- of the current text line or the paragraph.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\noindent
-\begin_inset CommandInset line
-LatexCommand rule
-offset "0.5ex"
-width "100line%"
-height "1pt"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Characters and Symbols
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
- You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
- See section
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for information on how this is done.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
- can use the
-\family sans
-Symbols
-\family default
- dialog via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Symbols
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
- when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
- But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Fonts and Text Styles
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Font Types
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font ! Types
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two types of fonts:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Vector
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-fonts
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Fonts ! Vector-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
- characters) in the font.
- This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
- well suited for scaling to any requested size.
- This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
- curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
- This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
- Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
- to provide a good image, it might be hard to provide a good rendering.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
- But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
- That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
- sizes than at small ones.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-The font types
-\family typewriter
-TrueType
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-OpenType
-\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-Type
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-1
-\family default
- are vector fonts.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Bitmap
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-fonts
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Fonts ! Bitmap-
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
- will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
- However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
- pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
- It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
- picture manipulation program.
- In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
- several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
- or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
- The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
- to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
- fonts.
- The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
- to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Bitmap fonts are named
-\family typewriter
-Type
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-3
-\family default
- in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
- designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
- So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
- That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
- use scalable fonts.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
- its document properties.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
- specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
- For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
- font to emphasize text, you use an
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-emphasized style
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- instead.
- This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
- In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
- details.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LaTeX font support
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Traditionally, LaTeX uses its own fonts.
- That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
- operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
- distribution.
- The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
- which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
- The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited, compared
- to usual word processors.
- On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
- are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
- across different machines.
- Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX was increased a
- lot meanwhile so that you can find packages for many free and commercial
- fonts.
- In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
- (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Document-Font"
-
-\end_inset
-
- for details).
- However, all others are available if you enter the respective LaTeX code
- in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
- font).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Furthermore, recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are
- also able to directly access fonts that are installed for your operating
- system (OS), namely XeTeX and LuaTeX.
- Both engines are now supported by LyX.
- By using them, you can use theoretically any OpenType or TrueType font
- that is installed on your system.
- The next section describes how to use these OS fonts.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
-es; so you might have to experiment.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
- as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Document Font and Font size
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Document-Font"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font ! Size
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Font
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can set the document fonts in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- dialog.
- In the
-\family sans
-Fonts
-\family default
- section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
- three different font shapes — roman (serif),
-\family sans
-sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-serif
-\family default
- and
-\family typewriter
-typewriter
-\family default
- (monospaced) — you can specify the base font size and scaling factors for
- (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit with
- the roman font.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you select
-\family sans
-Use non-T
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX fonts
-\family default
-, you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
- This requires that you use
-\family sans
-PDF (XeT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX)
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-PDF (LuaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX)
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-DVI (LuaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-eX)
-\family default
- as output format, i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts (the selection described
- below).
- Note that LyX lists all available fonts in either of the three lists (roman,
- sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
- Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
- to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
-or font failures.
- Again, LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
- font include
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
- If you select
-\family sans
-Default,
-\family default
- the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
- In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-Computer Modern
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-) or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-European Computer Modern
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-), but some classes preset different default fonts.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
- and
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
- are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixelated in PDF output, especially
- when you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
-\family typewriter
-Adobe
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Reader
-\family default
- version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
- renderer.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
- Depending on how your document should look like, you can either:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-select the
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- (
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
-) fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
-
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-.
-
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
- as the default font.
- It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
- Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
- looks identical to
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-;
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-One difference is improved kerning for the
-\family typewriter
-lm
-\family default
- fonts.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-select the
-\family typewriter
-AE
-\family default
- (
-\family typewriter
-Almost European
-\family default
-) fonts in (the rare) case that
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
- the look of
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-.
-
-\family typewriter
-AE
-\family default
- is a virtual font.
- Virtual means that it
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-steals
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- outline
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
--glyphs from other fonts.
- This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
- guillemets (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-«
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-»
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Loading the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-aeguill
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- with the document preamble line
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series default
-will fix the guillemet problem.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- and that accented characters are not
-\emph on
-one
-\emph default
- glyph, but build of
-\emph on
-two
-\emph default
- characters, the accent and the letter.
- Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
- using the
-\family typewriter
-AE
-\family default
- fonts.
- If you search for example for the French word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-rève
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
- the glyph
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
- è
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and not for the glyph
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
- e +
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
- ̀
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-If you do not like the look of
-\family typewriter
-cm
-\family default
-/
-\family typewriter
-ec
-\family default
-, you can of course select one of the other provided vector fonts, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-Times Roman
-\family default
- or
-\family typewriter
-
-\family sans
-Palatino
-\family default
-.
- Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-serif and typewriter fonts
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.,
-\family sans
-Times Roman
-\family default
- selects
-\family sans
-Helvetiva
-\family default
- for sans serif text), and sometimes, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
- with
-\family typewriter
-Latin Modern
-\family default
- or
-\family typewriter
-Computer Modern
-\family default
-, different shapes of the same font, i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
- a real font
-\emph on
-family
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-, but you can also select your own.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-The differences between roman,
-\family sans
-sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-serif
-\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-typewriter
-\family default
- fonts are explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-The font
-\family typewriter
-Times Roman
-\family default
- was originally designed for newspapers.
- That means its glyphs are smaller than the ones from other fonts to fit
- into the small newspaper columns.
- Therefore
-\family typewriter
-Times Roman
-\family default
- is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-For the font size there are generally four possible values:
-\family sans
-Default, 10
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-11
-\family default
-, and
-\family sans
-12
-\family default
-.
- Some classes provide additional sizes.
- The size of
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- depends on the class you are using.
- In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the font size is the
-\emph on
-base size
-\emph default
-.
- That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
- used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
- You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
-\family sans
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Style
-\family default
- dialog if needed.
- The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Default Family
-\family default
- selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
- be roman, sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-serif or typewriter.
- The
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
- this.
- In most cases,
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- is equal to
-\family sans
-roman
-\family default
-, but some classes (such as presentation classes) also use other defaults.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family typewriter
-
-\family sans
-LaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-X font encoding
-\family default
- selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
- the LaTeX-package
-\emph on
- fontenc
-\emph default
- (see also sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
-
-\end_inset
-
-).
- Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
- Unless you have specific reasons, use
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-With some fonts, the checkboxes
-\family sans
-Use Old Style Figures
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Use True Small Caps
-\family default
- are enabled.
- These are extra features some fonts provide.
- If
-\family sans
-Use Old Style Figures
-\family default
- is checked, the font uses old style (also known as medieval or text) figures,
- i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-e.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-figures with varying height that fit nicely with lower letters.
-
-\family sans
-Use True Small Caps
-\family default
- determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
- of scaled capitals.
- Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
- better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The field
-\family sans
-CJK
-\family default
- allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
- a font to display the script characters.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-CJK
-\series default
-.
- So this has no effect for the document language
-\family sans
-Japanese
-\family default
- that doesn't use
-\series bold
-CJK
-\series default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
- this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
- LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences
-\family default
- dialog, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Using Different Character Styles
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Character Styles
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Text Style
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
- certain paragraph environments.
- LyX supports two character styles,
-\family sans
-Emphasized
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Noun
-\family default
-.
- You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
- toolbar.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To activate the
-\family sans
-Noun
-\family default
- style, do one of the following:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "font-noun"
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-use the key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-noun"
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-These commands are all toggles.
- That is, if
-\family sans
-Noun
-\family default
- style is already active, they deactivate it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-One typically uses the
-\family sans
-Noun
-\family default
- style for proper names.
- For example:
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\noun on
-Matthias Ettrich
-\noun default
- is the original author of LyX.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A more widely used character style is the
-\family sans
-Emphasized
-\family default
- style.
- You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
-\family sans
-Emphasized
-\family default
- style by:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-clicking on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "font-emph"
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-using the keybindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-emph"
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally the
-\family sans
-Emphasized
-\family default
- style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
-es use a different font.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-We've been using the
-\family sans
-Emphasized
-\family default
- style all over the place in this document.
- Here's one more example:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Quotation
-
-\emph on
-Don't overuse character styles!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It's also a warning in addition to an example.
- One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
- Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
- the common tendency to overuse character style.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-default"
-\end_inset
-
- or the dialog
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Style
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fine-Tuning with the
-\family sans
-Text Style
-\family default
- dialog
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Text Style
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning, so
- LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
- For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
- requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
- Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
- from ordinary dialog.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
- warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
- tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use custom character styles, open the
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Customized\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-
-\family default
- dialog.
- There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
- font property which you can choose.
- You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
-\family sans
-No
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-change
-\family default
-, which keeps the current state of that property.
- The item
-\family sans
-Reset
-\family default
- will reset the property to whatever is the default.
- You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
- environments in a snap.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The font properties, and their options (in addition to
-\family sans
-No
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-change
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Reset
-\family default
-) are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Family
-\family default
- The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-overall look
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- of the font.
- The possible options are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Roman
-\family default
- This is the Roman font family.
- Normally a serif font.
- It's also the default family.
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-roman"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Serif
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-This is the Sans Serif font family.
-
-\family default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-sans"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Typewriter
-\family default
-
-\family typewriter
-This is the Typewriter font family.
-
-\family default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-typewriter"
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family sans
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Series
-\family default
- This corresponds to the print weight.
- Options are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Medium
-\family default
- This is the Medium font series.
- It's also the default series.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Bold
-\family default
-
-\series bold
-This is the Bold font series.
-
-\series default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-bold"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Shape
-\family default
- As the name implies.
- Options are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Upright
-\family default
- This is the Upright font shape.
- It's also the default shape.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Italic
-\family default
-
-\shape italic
-This
-\shape default
-
-\family sans
-\shape italic
-i
-\family default
-s the Italic font shape
-\shape default
-\emph on
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Slanted
-\family default
-
-\shape slanted
-This is the Slanted font shape
-\shape default
- (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Small
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Caps
-\family default
-
-\shape smallcaps
-This is the Small caps font shape
-\shape default
-\noun on
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Size
-\family default
- Alters the size of the font.
- You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
-nal to the document font size.
- Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
- what you want to do.
- The options are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Tiny
-\family default
-
-\size tiny
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Tiny
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size tiny"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Smallest
-\family default
-
-\size scriptsize
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Smallest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size
-\size default
-.
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-size scriptsize"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Smaller
-\family default
-
-\size footnotesize
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Smaller
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size footnotesize"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Small
-\family default
-
-\size small
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Small
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size small"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Normal
-\family default
- This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Normal
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
- It's also the default size.
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size normal"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Large
-\family default
-
-\size large
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Large
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size large"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Larger
-\family default
-
-\size larger
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Larger
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size larger"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Largest
-\family default
-
-\size largest
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Largest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-size largest"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Huge
-\family default
-
-\size huge
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Huge
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size huge"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Huger
-\family default
-
-\size giant
-This is the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Huger
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- font size.
-
-\size default
- (key bindings
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-size giant"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Increase
-\family default
- This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Largest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Huge
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-).
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-size increase"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Decrease
-\family default
- This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Normal
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Small
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-).
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-size decrease"
-\end_inset
-
-)
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-We'll warn you
-\emph on
-yet again
-\emph default
-: don't go crazy with this feature.
- You should almost never need to change the font size.
- LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
- — use that instead.
- This is here for fine-tuning only!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Misc
-\family default
- Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
- Options are:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Emph
-\family default
-
-\emph on
-This is text with emphasize on
-\emph default
-.
- This might seem like the same as
-\shape italic
-Italic
-\shape default
-, but it is actually a bit different.
- Emphasized is a
-\emph on
-logical
-\emph default
- attribute.
- That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
- text.
- Normally this font is equal to italic.
-\end_layout
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-Underbar
-\family default
-
-\bar under
-This is text with Underbar on.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+b
+\end_layout
-\bar default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "font-underline"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+c
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family default
-Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a hangover from the typewriter days,
- when you couldn't change fonts.
- We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
- It's only included in LyX because some people
-\emph on
-may
-\emph default
- need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+d
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-\family sans
-Double
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-underbar
-\family default
-
-\uuline on
-This is text with Double underbar on.
-\uuline default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-underunderline"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
-If we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
- about double underbar.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is (b).
+ The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ inside (a).
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Wavy
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Back out again.
+\end_layout
-underbar
-\family default
-
-\uwave on
-This is text with Wavy underbar on.
+\begin_layout Standard
+As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
+ new list
+\emph on
+inside
+\emph default
+ item 1.
+ The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
+ So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
+ depth!
+\end_layout
-\uwave default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-underwave"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Usage and General Features
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
+ In other words,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+level #6
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
- Keep antinausea pills handy.
+ is the innermost possible depth.
+ Here's an example to illustrate what we mean:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-Strikeout
-\family default
-
-\strikeout on
-This is text with Strikeout on.
-
-\strikeout default
- (key binding
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-strikeout"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+level #1 – outermost
+\end_layout
-) This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has
- since changed.
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+level #2
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+level #3
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-Noun
-\family default
-
-\noun on
-This is text with Noun on.
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+level #4
+\end_layout
-\noun default
- Like
-\family sans
-Emph
-\family default
-, this is a logical attribute.
- Normally it's equivalent to
-\family sans
-Small
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+level #5
+\end_layout
-Caps
-\family default
-.
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+level #6
\end_layout
\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
+ both of them in the example.
+ Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
+ nesting with the
\family sans
-Color
+Enumerate
\family default
- You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
- Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
- Besides
+ and
\family sans
-No
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-color
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environments.
+ For example, if we tried to nest another
+\family sans
+Enumerate
\family default
-, which is the default
+ list inside item
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-color
+A.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and means normally black, you can choose between
-\family sans
-Black
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-White
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Red
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Green
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Blue
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Cyan
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Magenta
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Yellow
-\family default
- text.
+, we would get errors.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Some Examples
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! Text
+Nesting ! Examples
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
+ We have several examples of nested environments.
+ In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
+ them.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#1-a This is the outermost level.
+ It's a
\family sans
-Language
+List
\family default
- This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
- the language of the document.
- Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
- (only within LyX).
+ environment.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
- Once you've chosen a new character style via the
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#2-a This is level #2.
+ We created it by using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
-Style
-\family default
- dialog, the settings are saved.
- You can activate them using the toolbar button
+ followed by
\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "textstyle-apply"
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
.
- The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
- isn't visible.
-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To completely reset the character style to the default, use
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#3-a This is level #3.
+ This time, we just enter
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+, then used
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "font-default"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-.
- If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
- (suppose you just set the shape to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ twice in a row.
+ We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
+ by entering
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
-slanted
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ followed by
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
- and the series to
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is actually a
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment, nested inside of
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-bold
+#3-a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-), set the
-\family sans
-Toggle
-\begin_inset space ~
+.
+ So, it's at level #4.
+ We did this by entering
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
-all
-\family default
- switch and press
+, then
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
+\end_inset
+
+, then changing the paragraph environment to
\family sans
-Apply
+Standard
\family default
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You should also know something about the differences between the three main
- font types
+ Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph — it also works
+ for the
\family sans
-serif
+Description
\family default
,
\family sans
-sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-serif
+Enumerate
\family default
, and
\family sans
-typewriter
+Itemize
\family default
-:
+ environments!
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here's another
\family sans
-Typewriter
+Standard
\family default
- is a so called
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-monospaced
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
- font, that means every character has the same width, the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-i
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#4-a This is level #4.
+ We enter
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
- is as wide as the
+ and changed the paragraph environment back to
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+.
+ Remember — we can't nest anything inside a
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
+ However, we
+\emph on
+can
+\emph default
+ keep nesting things inside
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-m
+#3-a
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- Here is an example
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
-status open
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-no
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
+and this is level #6.
+ By now, you should know how we made these two.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#5-b Back to level #5.
+ Just enter
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-typewriter text
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more on phantoms see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ followed by a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:More-Spaces"
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#4-b After another
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+ followed by a
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
-.
+, we're back at level #4.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#3-b Back to level #3.
+ By now it should be obvious how we did this.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#2-b Back to level #2.
+
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring MMM
+#1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
+ After this sentence, we will enter
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+ and change the paragraph environment back to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ to end the list.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+We could have also used the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+, or even the
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ environment in place of the
+\family sans
+List
+\family default
+ environment.
+ The example would have worked exactly the same.
+\end_layout
-no typewriter text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Example 2: Inheritance
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout LyX-Code
+level.
+ Now we will enter
\family sans
-Serif
+Return
\family default
- fonts use characters with serifs.
- These are the small
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-appendices
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
- The following example will show the difference:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+, then
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-text with serifs
+, after
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-
+which, we will change to the
\family sans
-text without serifs
+Enumerate
\family default
+ environment.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
- These fonts are therefore used as default (named
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is the
\family sans
-roman
+Enumerate
\family default
-).
+ environment, at level #2.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Notice how the nested
\family sans
-Sans serif
+Enumerate
\family default
- don't use serifs.
- This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
- We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
+ not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
+\family sans
+LyX-Code
+\family default
+), but also inherits its font and spacing!
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Toggling
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- refers to applying or removing font properties.
- When a property is marked for toggling in the Text Style dialog, applying
- the style to text that already has the property will cause the property
- to be removed.
- If you apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that currently
- has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle and C is set
- not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and G.
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+We ended this example by entering
+\family sans
+Return
+\family default
+.
+ After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+ and reset the nesting depth by using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
-Never toggled
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+ once.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-always toggled
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
- For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ Environments
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
-Family
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
+\end_layout
- etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
- If
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Toggle all
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
- of them are.
- Finally,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-Reset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is level #1, in an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ paragraph environment.
+ We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
+\end_layout
- is never toggled.
- If you set
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is level #2.
+ We used
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
-Series
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ followed by
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+.
+ Now, what happens if we nest an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
+ label be? An asterisk?
+\end_layout
-Reset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+No! It's a bullet.
+ This is the
+\emph on
+first
+\emph default
+
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment, even though it's at level #3.
+ So, its label is a bullet.
+ (We got here by using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
- and select
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+, then
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-Toggle all
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+, then changing the environment to
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+.)
+\end_layout
-, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
- series (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Here's level #4, produced using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
-Medium
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, then
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-), no matter how many times you apply the style.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
- They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Printing and Previewing
-\end_layout
+.
+ We will do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Overview
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
- using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
- Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
- goes on behind-the-scenes.
- We cover this information in much greater detail in the
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+to get to level #5.
+ This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+.
+ Notice the type of numbering, it is
\emph on
-Additional Features
+lowercase Roman
\emph default
- manual as well.
+, because we are in the
+\emph on
+thirdfold
+\emph default
+
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment (that is, it is an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ inside an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ inside an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
- LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
- confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
- LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
- Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
- This happens in two stages:
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+What happens if we
+\emph on
+don't
+\emph default
+ change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
+ type of numbering does LyX use?
\end_layout
\begin_layout Enumerate
-First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
- generating a file with the extension,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
+ to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Let's use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ to decrease the depth after the next
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Enumerate
-Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
- file to produce printable output.
-
+This is level #4.
+ Look what type of label LyX is using!
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Output file formats
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+This is level #3.
+ Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
+ numeral as the label.Why?
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
+\emph on
+still
+\emph default
+ a thirdfold
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment.
+ Notice, however, that LyX
+\emph on
+did
+\emph default
+ reset the counter for the label.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Another
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
+ sequence, and we're back to level #2.
+ This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
+ into the twofold-nested
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environment.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Output-file-formats"
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+The same thing happens if we do another
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
+ sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Lastly, we reset the environment to
+\family sans
+Standard
+\family default
+.
+ As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
+ LyX uses for the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environments.
+ The number of other
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
+ an
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ item.
+ The same rule applies for the
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ environment, as well.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Simple text (ASCII)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! ASCII
+Example 4: Going Bonkers
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+We're going to go totally nuts now.
+ We will not nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into
+ the same detail with how we did it.
+ (level #1:
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+)
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
-.txt
+(
+\family sans
+Return,
\family default
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-American Standard Code for Information Interchange
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- (ASCII).
+\family sans
+, Standard
+\family default
+: level #2) We will stick an encapsulated description of how we created
+ the example in parentheses someplace.
+ For example, the two key bindings are how we changed the depth.
+ The environment name is the name of the current environment.
+ Either before or after this, we will put in the level.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+(
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Simple
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-text
+Return, Enumerate
\family default
- or
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Simple
-\begin_inset space ~
+: level #1) This is the next item in the list.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Verse
+Now we will add verse.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-text
-\begin_inset space ~
+It will get much worse.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-(ps2ascii)
+(
+\family sans
+Return,
\family default
-.
- The latter will first internally export to PostScript and then do the conversio
-n to ASCII.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! LaTeX
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
+\family sans
+, Verse
+\family default
+: level #2)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Verse
+Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+Bippitey boppitey boo!
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.tex
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+(
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
- and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
- your document.
- If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
- it manually with console commands.
- The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
- you view or export your document.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+)
+\end_layout
-{}
+\begin_layout Verse
+Here comes a table:
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
\end_inset
-eX
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-DVI
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! DVI
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+one-fish
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+two-fish
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family typewriter
-.dvi
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- It is called
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+red-fish
+\end_layout
-device-independent
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
- to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
- DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
- like PostScript.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-DVI files do not contain images, they only link them.
- So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
- Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
- it visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer when
- you view the DVI.
- So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+blue-fish
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to DVI by the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{}
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Verse
+(
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
-X).
+\family sans
+, Table,
\family default
- The latter option uses the program
-\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
-\family default
-.
-
-\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
-\family default
- is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
- font access (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-increment"
\end_inset
-).
- LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
- TeX processor.
-\end_layout
+ 3 times,
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-PostScript
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! PostScript
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+, Verse,
+\family default
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "depth-decrement"
\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+(
+\family sans
+Return, Enumerate
+\family default
+: level #1) This is another item.
+ Note that selecting a
+\family sans
+Table
+\family default
+ resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
+ 3 times to put the table inside the
+\family sans
+Verse
+\family default
+ environment.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
+\begin_layout Quotation
+We're now ending the
+\family sans
+Enumerate
+\family default
+ list and changing to
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+.
+ We're still at level #1.
+ We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
+ The next set of paragraphs is a
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.ps
-\family default
-
+quoted letter.
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- PostScript was developed by the company
-\family typewriter
-Adobe
+ We will nest both the
+\family sans
+Address
\family default
- as a printer language.
- The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
- file.
- PostScript can be seen as a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-programming language
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Address
+\family default
+ environments inside of this one, then use another nested
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ for the letter body.
+ We will use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph inverse"
\end_inset
-; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-When you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-packa
-ge
-\series bold
-pstricks
-\series default
+ to preserve the depth.
+ Remember that you need to use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ to create multiple lines inside the
+\family sans
+Address
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
+Address
+\family default
+ environments.
+ Here it goes:
\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Right Address
+1234 Nowhere Rd.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
+Moosegroin, MT 00100
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
+9-6-96
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-PostScript can only contain images in the format
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Address
+Dear Mr.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Encapsulated PostScript
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+Fizlewitz:
+\end_layout
- (EPS, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Quotation
+We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
+ Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
+ a backlog in our orders for methane.
+ We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
+ as soon as possible.
+ In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.eps
-\family default
+\begin_layout Quotation
+We do, however, now have a special on beef.
+ If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
+ with your order, along with payment.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Quotation
+We thank you again for your patience.
+\end_layout
-).
- As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
- to convert them in the background to EPS.
- If you have e.g 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_layout Address
+Sincerely,
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-images in your document, LyX has to do 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+Bill Hick
+\end_layout
-conversions whenever you view or export your document.
- This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
- So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
- EPS to avoid this problem.
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Quotation
+That ends that example!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
+As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
+ just a few keystrokes.
+ We could have easily nested an
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PostScript
+Itemize
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-PDF
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-File formats ! PDF
+ list inside of a
+\family sans
+Quotation
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+, or put a
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ inside of an
+\family sans
+Itemize
+\family default
+ list.
+ You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Section
+Spacing, pagination and line breaks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF
+Spacing
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+What is a space? While you might be used to pressing the space key anytime
+ you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
+ you more spaces: spaces of different widths and spaces which can or cannot
+ be broken at the end of a line.
+ The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
+ useful.
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.pdf
-\family default
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Protected Space
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Protected-Space"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Portable Document Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
- (PDF) developed by
-\family typewriter
-Adobe
-\family default
- was derived from PostScript.
- It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
- As the name
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Spaces ! Protected
+\end_layout
-portable
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
- looks exactly the same.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Joint Photographic Experts Group
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
+ line at that point.
+ This may be necessary to avoid unlucky line breaks, like in:
+\end_layout
- (JPG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Quote
+Further documentation is given in section
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.jpg
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+.
+
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
-.jpeg
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-) and
+\begin_layout Standard
+Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Portable Network Graphics
+section
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PNG, file extension
+ and
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.png
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Bibliography"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-).
- You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
- in the background to one of these formats.
- But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
- will slow down your workflow.
- So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document to PDF via the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export
-\family default
- in three different ways:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-ps2pdf
-\family default
- that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
- The PostScript-version is produced by the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
- So this export variant consist of three conversions.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF
+.
+ A protected space is set with
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Protected
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(dvipdfm) This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-dvipdfm
+Space
\family default
- that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
- PDF.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
\end_inset
-(pdflatex) This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-pdftex
-\family default
- that converts your file directly to PDF.
+).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Horizontal Space
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+
\end_inset
-(XeTe
-\begin_inset ERT
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Spacing ! Horizontal
\end_layout
\end_inset
-X) This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-XeTeX
-\family default
- that converts your file directly to PDF.
-
-\family typewriter
-XeTeX
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Horizontal Space
\family default
- is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
- font access (see section
+.
+ The length units are listed in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
-).
- It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Inter-word Space
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
+
\end_inset
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Spaces ! Inter-word
\end_layout
\end_inset
-X) This uses the program
-\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
-\family default
- that converts your file directly to PDF.
-
-\family typewriter
-LuaTeX
-\family default
- is an even newer engine, derived from
-\family typewriter
-pdflatex
-\family default
-, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
- access (see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
-
-\end_inset
-).
- LuaTeX is still work in progress, but it might develop into the next standard
- tex processor.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We recommend to use
-\family sans
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(pdflatex)
-\family default
- because
-\family typewriter
-pdftex
-\family default
- supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
- works without problems.
- If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
-or specific OpenType fonts, you might
- want to try out
-\family sans
-PDF
+With the introduction of typewriters, it became conventional in some countries
+ to type two spaces after a period to mimic the wider spaces used by typesetters
+ at the ends of sentences.
+ There is no need to do this as LyX automatically takes care about this.
+ However, you do not want an end of sentence space after an abbreviation
+ followed by a period; see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(XeTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Abbreviations"
\end_inset
-X)
-\family default
- or
+ for examples.
+ To insert a normal space, select
\family sans
-PDF
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Interword
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(LuaTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
-\end_layout
-
+Space
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "space-insert normal"
\end_inset
-X)
-\family default
- instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
- as
-\family typewriter
-pdflatex
-\family default
-.
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
-XHTML
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-FileFormats ! XHTML
-\end_layout
+Thin Space
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Thin-Space"
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-HTML
+Spaces ! Thin
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This file type has the extension
+A
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+thin space
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.xhtml
-\family default
+ is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+protected
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
- It does not itself contain images and the like but only links them, and
- when LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
- suitable for the purpose.
- Math is output as MathML, which renders nicely in browsers that support
- it, but not all do.
+).
+ The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
+ thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance,
+ inside abbreviations:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-XHTML output remains
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Quote
+D.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-under development
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+E.
+ Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+or between values and units.
+ Compare for example this:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-, and not all LyX features are supported yet.
- See the chapter
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+10
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-LyX and the World Wide Web
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+kg (thin space)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-, in the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual, for more information.
+10 kg (normal space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
+You can insert thin spaces with the menu
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LyX-HTML
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Previewing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Preview
-\end_layout
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Thin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Space
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "space-insert thin"
\end_inset
+).
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+More Spaces
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
- breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
-
-\family sans
-View
-\family default
- and choose
-\family sans
-View
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "buffer-view"
+You can also insert the following space types:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Negative
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
- output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
+thin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+space A line with a
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:File-Formats"
+\begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
\end_inset
-) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
- (see sec.
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
+\end_inset
+
+ negative thin space between the arrows.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Enspace
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(0.5
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+em) A line with an
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+\begin_inset space \enskip{}
\end_inset
-).
- Further output formats can be selected via
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Other Formats
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/view-others.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ enspace
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
- viewer window using the menu
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Update (Other Formats)
-\family default
-, respectively.
-\end_layout
+(0.5
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
- directory.
- To have a real output, export your document.
+em) space between the arrows.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Printing the File from within LyX
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Printing-the-File"
+\begin_layout Description
+Quad
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+(1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+em) A line with a
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
- it directly from within LyX.
- To print a file, select the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Print
-\family default
- or click on the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show print"
+\begin_inset space \quad{}
\end_inset
-.
- LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
- This file is then processed by the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
-\family typewriter
-Ghostscript
-\family default
-.
- Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages — this
- is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
- printing one set to print on the other side.
- Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
- By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
- of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can set the parameters in the
-\family sans
-Print
+ Quad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Destination
-\family default
- box as follows:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+(1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Printer
-\family default
- This is the name of the printer to print to.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+em) space between the arrows.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that this printer name is for the program
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
-.
- That means
-\family typewriter
-dvips
-\family default
- has to be configured for this printer name.
- The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
+\begin_layout Description
+QQuad
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Printer"
+em) A line with a
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
+\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset space \qquad{}
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
- The printer should understand PostScript.
-\end_layout
+ QQuad
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+(2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-File
-\family default
- The name of a file to print to.
- The output will be a PostScript file.
- It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
- path.
+em) space between the arrows.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-A few Words about Typography
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Description
+Custom
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+space A line with
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space \hspace{}
+\length 2cm
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyphens
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+ 2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyphens
+cm space between the arrows.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Width-of-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ lists the different space sizes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In LyX, the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Caption
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "tab:Width-of-the"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- character comes in four lengths: the
-\emph on
-hyphen
-\emph default
-, the
-\emph on
-en dash
-\emph default
-, the
-\emph on
-em dash
-\emph default
-, and the minus sign:
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+Width of the different horizontal spaces.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-name
+
+\series bold
+Space
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-output
+
+\series bold
+Width
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-inserted with
+Normal
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-hyphen
+1/3
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+em
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
--
+Protected
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+1/3
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- in text
+em
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-en dash
+Thin
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-–
+1/6
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+em
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Symbols
+Negative thin
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="3mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-em dash
+-1/6
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+em
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-—
+Enspace (0.5
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+em)
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special
-\begin_inset space ~
+0.5
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Symbols
+em
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-minus sign
+Quad (1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+em)
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $-$
+1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
+em
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+QQuad (2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+em)
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- in math mode
+em
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+
+\family sans
+Horizontal Fills
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Spacing ! Fills
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
+ in a uniform fashion.
+ An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
+ the remaining space between the left and right margins.
+ If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
+ equally between themselves.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here are a few examples of what you can do with them:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quote
+\noindent
+This is on the left side
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
+This is on the right
+\end_layout
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
+\begin_layout Quote
+\noindent
+Left
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Middle
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
- character multiple times in a row.
- They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
- the final output, but not in LyX.
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Right
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Quote
+\noindent
+Left
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+1/3 Left
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
- gives a en dash,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Right
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+That was an example in the
+\family sans
+Quote
+\family default
+ environment.
+ Here
+\begin_inset Formula $\to$
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\gets$
\end_inset
--
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+is one in a standard paragraph.
+ It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
+\emph on
+is
+\emph default
+ sitting in-between the two arrows.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
+\family sans
+Fill
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- a em dash.
+Pattern
+\family default
+s in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
- math mode and has a length of its own.
- Here are some examples of the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Dots:
+\begin_inset space \dotfill{}
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
--
-\family default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Rule:
+\begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- in use:
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-line- and page-breaks
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+Left arrow:
+\begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
\end_inset
-(
-\emph on
-hyphen
-\emph default
-)
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-From A–Z
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+Right arrow:
+\begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
\end_inset
-(
-\emph on
-en dash
-\emph default
-)
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Oh — there's a dash.
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+Up brace:
+\begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
\end_inset
-(
-\emph on
-em dash
-\emph default
-)
+
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
+\begin_layout Standard
+Down brace:
+\begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
\end_inset
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
\emph on
-minus sign
+not
\emph default
-)
+ in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
+ This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
+ If you need space in this case anyway, set the
+\family sans
+Protect
+\family default
+ option in the space dialog.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyphenation
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Phantom Space
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Phantom-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyphenation
+Spacing ! Phantom
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Hyphenation"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
+ For example, you want to create the following multiple choice question:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+What is correct English?:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+Mr.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Edge would have been jumps the gun.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Mr.
+ Edge
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
- Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-babel
-\series default
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+has to be jumped
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! babel
+Mr.
+ Edge
\end_layout
\end_inset
- following the rules of the document language.
+jumps
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly, it only has problems with text in the
-
-\family sans
-typewriter
-\family default
- font and with unusual constructs, like
+\noindent
+so that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-h3knix/m0n0wall
+Mr.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Edge
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
- This is done with the menu
+ To get this, you can use the phantom insets available via the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Hyphenation
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Point
+Phantom
\family default
.
- These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
- If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
- Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
- in the form
+ In our case insert a horizontal phantom at the beginning of the last two
+ lines and insert
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-A-b c
+Mr.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Edge
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- LaTeX would then see the hyphen
+ into the phantom inset (note the space after
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
--
+Edge
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- as a hyphenation possibility.
- Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
- To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
- as described in section
+).
+ A phantom insets prints only the space of its content (like a placeholder).
+ That is why it is named
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Prevent Hyphenation
+phantom
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- of the
-\emph on
-EmbeddedObjects
-\emph default
- manual.
+.
+ The normal phantom outputs the width and height of the content as space,
+ while the horizontal and vertical variant only outputs the corresponding
+ dimension.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Punctuation Marks
+Vertical Space
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Vertical-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Punctuation marks
+Spacing ! Vertical
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Abbreviations and End of Sentence
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Abbreviations"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Vertical
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+Space
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ There you find the following sizes:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
- automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
- LaTeX then adds the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-appropriate amount of space
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\family sans
+SmallSkip
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+MedSkip
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+BigSkip
+\family default
+ are LaTeX sizes which depend on the font size of the document.
+
+\family sans
+DefSkip
+\family default
+ is the skip adjusted in the dialog
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
- the next word.
- Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
- not work in all cases.
- If a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Layout
+\family default
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family typewriter
-.
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
- at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
+ for the paragraph separation.
+ If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
+\family sans
+DefSkip
+\family default
+ is equal to
+\family sans
+MedSkip
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here are some examples of
-\emph on
-correct
-\emph default
- abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-M.
- Butterfly
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Don't worry.
- Be happy.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Spacing ! Fills
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
- this is too much space!
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-This is I.
- It's okay.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
-\end_layout
+ is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
+ An example: you have only two short paragraphs on one page with a
+\family sans
+Vfill
+\family default
+ between them.
+ Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
+ one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
+
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+s work like
+\family sans
+HFill
+\family default
+s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-To fix this problem, use one of the following:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Use an
\family sans
-Inter-word
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Space
+HFill
\family default
- after lowercase abbreviations (see section
+s are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
\end_inset
-).
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces ! inter-word
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
+ If there are several
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
+ You can therefore use
+\family sans
+VFill
+\family default
+s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Use a
-\family sans
-Thin
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-Space
+\family sans
+Custom
\family default
- between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
+ are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Thin-Space"
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
-).
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+
+\series medium
+If the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
+ a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
+\family sans
+Protect
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Paragraph Alignment
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spaces ! thin
+Paragraph ! Alignment
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Use an
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change the paragraph alignment with the
\family sans
-End
-\begin_inset space ~
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph Settings
+\family default
+ dialog (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+).
+ There are five possibilities:
+\end_layout
-sentence
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
-period
-\family default
- found under the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Special
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Character
+Justified
\family default
- menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
- This function is also bound to
+ (shortcut
\begin_inset Info
type "shortcut"
-arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align block"
\end_inset
- for easy access.
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Left
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align left"
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+\family sans
+Right
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align right"
\end_inset
-this is too much space!
+)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Itemize
-This is I\SpecialChar \@.
- It's okay.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
- If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
- will take care of this.
+\family sans
+Center
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align center"
+\end_inset
+
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
- Check out the
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
\family sans
-Check
-\begin_inset space ~
+Default
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paragraph-params \\align default"
\end_inset
-TeX
-\family default
- feature described in section
-\emph on
-Checking TeX
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual.
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Quotes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
+ spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
+ the left and right margins.
+ The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Quotes
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align right
+This paragraph is right aligned,
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+this one is centered,
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align left
+this one is left aligned.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Forced Page Breaks
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Quotes | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+Page breaks ! Forced
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Typography
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Forced-Page-Breaks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you don't like the way LaTeX does the page breaks in your document, you
+ can force a page break where you want one.
+ Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at page breaking.
+ Only if you use a lot of
+\family sans
+Floats
+\family default
+, LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
- Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
- and use a closing quote at the end.
- For example,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+We recommend you not to use forced page breaks until the text is finished
+ and you have checked in the preview to see if you
+\emph on
+really
+\emph default
+ have to change the page breaking.
+\end_layout
-open close
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two types of page breaks: One that ends the page without any special
+ action.
+ This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+New
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Page
+\family default
.
- The keyboard character,
+ The second type, that is inserted via the menu
\family sans
-"
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Break
\family default
-, generates this automatically.
+, ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
+ the complete page.
+ This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a page break produces a page
+ on which only the last few lines are absent.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the behavior of the
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- key using the submenu
-\family sans
-Language
-\family default
- of the dialog
+You might try to use a page break to ensure that a figure or table appears
+ at the top of a page.
+ This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
+ LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
+ appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
+ having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
+ See chapter
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ to learn more about
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+Floats
\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Clear Page Breaks
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Clear-Page-Breaks"
+
+\end_inset
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Page breaks ! Clear
\end_layout
\end_inset
- dialog.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
-\family sans
-Type
-\family default
- option.
- There are six choices:
+Rather than forced page breaks where the content behind the break is placed
+ directly on the next page, you can also clear pages while breaking them.
+ That means that the current paragraph is terminated and everything, including
+ unprocessed floats, from the earlier part of the document are placed after
+ it, if necessary by adding pages.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert a clear page break with the menu
\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Clear
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Page
+\family default
+.
+ When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Clear
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Double
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Page
\family default
- Use quotes like this
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ to insert a clear page break that assures that the next page is a right-hand
+ page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
+\end_layout
-double
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Forced Line Breaks
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Line breaks
+\end_layout
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes els
\end_inset
-single
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Forced-Line-Breaks"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Similar to page breaks there are two types of line breaks: one simply breaks
+ the line.
+ You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes sld
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ragged
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
+Line
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+Break
\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes sld
+ or with
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes srd
+.
+ Another type that is inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Justified
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- or 'this
-\begin_inset Quotes ers
+Line
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Break
+\family default
+ or with
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert linebreak"
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+ breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
+ the page margins.
+ This is useful to avoid
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
+fringes
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ in justified paragraphs due to possible whitespace introduced by line breaks.
+\end_layout
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\begin_layout Standard
+You shouldn't use forced line breaks to correct LaTeX's line breaking, as
+ LaTeX is very good at line breaking.
+ There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessaryactively
+ to set a line break, for example, in a poem or for an address (see sections
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes grd
-\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes gls
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Quote"
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes grs
\end_inset
+,
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Verse"
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+ and
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Address-Usage"
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
-\end_inset
+).
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Horizontal Lines
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
-\end_inset
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes pls
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Horizontal lines
+\end_layout
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes prs
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+\begin_inset CommandInset line
+LatexCommand rule
+offset "0.5ex"
+width "100line%"
+height "1pt"
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+In the dialog
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Horizontal
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes frd
-\end_inset
+Line
+\family default
+ you can insert horizontal lines.
+ The line offset is the vertical distance between the line and the baseline
+ of the current text line or the paragraph.
+ The line settings can be changed by left-clicking on the line.
+\end_layout
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes fls
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
+\begin_inset CommandInset line
+LatexCommand rule
+offset "0.5ex"
+width "100line%"
+height "1pt"
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes frs
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Labeling
-\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\begin_layout Section
+Characters and Symbols
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
+ You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter, for example,
+ characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
+ See section
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Text
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
+
\end_inset
+ for information on how this is done.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
+ can use the
+\family sans
+Symbols
\family default
- Use quotes like
-\begin_inset Quotes ald
-\end_inset
+ dialog via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Symbols
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes ard
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes als
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
+ when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
+ But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
+\end_layout
-this
-\begin_inset Quotes ars
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-These settings affect what character the
-\family sans
-"
-\family default
- key produces.
+\begin_layout Section
+Fonts and Text Styles
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Ligatures
+Font Types
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Ligatures
+Font ! Types
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ligatures | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_layout
-{
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are two types of fonts:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Vector
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Typography
-\begin_inset ERT
+fonts
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+Fonts ! Vector-
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ are built from outlines of the single glyphs (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+g.
+ characters) in the font.
+ This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
+ well suited for scaling to any requested size.
+ This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
+ curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
+ This means that vector fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
+ Only at very small sizes where each pixel has to be very carefully computed
+ to provide a good image might it be hard to provide a good rendering.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+That could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
+ But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
+ That improves the appearance because you need more details at large font
+ sizes than at small ones.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+The font types
+\family typewriter
+TrueType
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+OpenType
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+Type
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Ligatures"
+1
+\family default
+ are vector fonts.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Bitmap
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+fonts
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Fonts ! Bitmap-
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
- print them as single characters.
- These groups are known as
-\emph on
-ligatures
-\emph default
-.
- Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
- in the output.
- Here are the standard ligatures:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ff
-\end_layout
+ on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start; so they
+ will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
+ However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
+ pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
+ It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in an
+ image manipulation program.
+ In order to mitigate this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
+ several fixed sizes typically from around 8
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fi
-\end_layout
+pixels high up to 34
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-fl
-\end_layout
+pixels or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
+ The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
+ to display each glyph; so bitmap fonts display therefore more quickly than
+ scalable fonts.
+ The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exist as fixed versions have
+ to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffi
+Bitmap fonts are named
+\family typewriter
+Type
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+3
+\family default
+ in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-ffl
+\begin_layout Standard
+The result of all this is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they are
+ designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
+ So one needs fewer font size definitions for scalable fonts.
+ That's the reason why nearly all text rendering and typesetting programs
+ use scalable fonts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
+To see which fonts are used in a PDF-document, look at its document properties.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
- While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
+ specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
+ For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
+ font to emphasize text, you use an
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-graffiti,
+emphasized style
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- it looks really weird in compound words, such as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ instead.
+ This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
+ In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
+ details.
+\end_layout
-cufflink
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LaTeX font support
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
- or the German
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Dorffest.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- To break a ligature, use
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Ligature
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Traditionally, LaTeX used its own fonts.
+ That is to say, you cannot directly access the fonts installed on your
+ operating system, but you have to use specific fonts provided by your LaTeX
+ distribution.
+ The reason is that LaTeX needs some extra information about the fonts,
+ which have to be provided by additional files and packages.
+ The downside of this is that your font choice is somewhat limited compared
+ to a word processor.
+ On the other hand this comes with the advantage that the provided fonts
+ are generally of very good quality, and that LaTeX files are very portable
+ across different machines.
+ Also, the range of fonts supported by traditional LaTeX has increased a
+ lot in the meantime; so you can find packages for many free and commercial
+ fonts.
+ In LyX, only a subset of these are directly selectable via the user interface
+ (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Break.
-\family default
- This changes
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Document-Font"
-cufflinks
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ for details).
+ However, all the others are available if you enter the relevant LaTeX code
+ in the document preamble (please refer to the documentation of your desired
+ font).
+\end_layout
-cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-links
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Recent developments brought some new LaTeX engines that are also able directly
+ to access fonts that are installed for your operating system, namely XeTeX
+ and LuaTeX.
+ Both engines are supported by LyX.
+ By using them, you can theoretically use any OpenType or TrueType font
+ that is installed on your system.
+ The next section describes how to use these fonts.
+\end_layout
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-Dorffest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ In practice, some fonts might fail due to bad metrics and other font deficienci
+es; so you might have to experiment.
+\end_layout
-Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
-fest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-LyX's Proper Names
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LyX ! Proper names
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ XeTeX and especially LuaTeX, are still rather new and thus not as mature
+ as traditional LaTeX or PDFTeX.
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Document Font and Font size
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
+name "sub:Document-Font"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
- characters in different sizes and heights.
- LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
- as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Font ! Size
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-.
-\begin_inset Note Note
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-command
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
- To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
+Document ! Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
- proper names:
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-LyX The name of the game, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can set the document fonts in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
-L
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
-yX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ dialog.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Fonts
+\family default
+ section of the dialog, you can specify which font should be used for the
+ three different font shapes — roman (serif),
+\family sans
+sans
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- to produce it.
+serif
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ (monospaced) — and you can specify the base font size and scaling factors
+ for (some) sans serif and typewriter fonts if this is necessary to fit
+ with the roman font.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-T
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you select
+\family sans
+Use non-T
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to produce it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-LaT
+eX fonts
+\family default
+, you will have access to the fonts installed on your operating system.
+ This requires that you use
+\family sans
+PDF (XeT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-eX
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to produce it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-LaT
+eX)
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+PDF (LuaT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-eX2e
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to produce it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-2
-\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
- For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
-\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
-\end_inset
-
-: The actual version is
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+eX)
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+DVI (LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-TeX-3.141592
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-, the previous one was
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+{}
+\end_layout
-TeX-3.14159
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't want to use proper names, e.
+eX)
+\family default
+ as the output format, i.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
+e.
\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
- word.
- This will look in LyX like:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/LaTeX.png
- scale 80
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-For more about TeX Code, look at section
+you will have to have either XeTeX or LuaTeX installed (see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:TeX-Code"
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Units
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Units
-\end_layout
-
+).
+ You will then not have access to TeX's own fonts.
+ Note that LyX then lists all available fonts in each of the three lists
+ (roman, sans
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+serif, and typewriter), since LyX cannot determine the family.
+ Also note that the output might fail with some of the listed fonts, due
+ to the encoding of the fonts and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+or font failures.
+ LyX cannot determine this in advance, so you might need to experiment.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
- space between two words.
- As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
- smaller.
- To get such a
+If you use TeX fonts (which is the default), the possible options for the
+ font include
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ and a list of fonts available with your LaTeX distribution.
+ If you select
+\family sans
+Default,
+\family default
+ the font that is preset by the current document class is used.
+ In most cases, this will be the standard TeX font, known as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-half space
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- for units use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Thin
+\family typewriter
+Computer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space
+Modern
\family default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcuts"
-arg "space-insert thin"
-\end_inset
-
-).
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example to show the differences:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-24
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+ (
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+) or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-h
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+European Computer Modern
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-space between number and unit
+ (
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+), but some classes preset different default fonts.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+As
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+ and
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+ are bitmap fonts, they often look pixelated in PDF output, especially when
+ you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-24
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-kW
-\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
+\family typewriter
+Adobe
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-h
+Reader
+\family default
+ version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
+ renderer.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-half space between number and unit
+ To get rid of pixelated fonts, you have to use a vector font.
+ Depending on how your document should look, you can either:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+select the
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+Modern
+\family default
+ fonts, which is the recommended choice if you want to keep the look of
+
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Modern
+\family default
+ was developed for the LaTeX community in order to replace
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+ as the default font.
+ It covers a huge range of glyphs and several font shapes.
+ Except for some details, where the appearance was improved,
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Widows and Orphans
-\begin_inset Index idx
+Modern
+\family default
+ looks identical to
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Typography ! Widows and orphans
+One difference is improved kerning.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
- happened to end.
- There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
- You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
- for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
- of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
- of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
- These bits of text became known as
-\emph on
-widows
-\emph default
- and
-\emph on
-orphans
-\emph default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
- That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
- But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
- of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
- built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
- to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
- This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
- or how you can tweak that behavior.
- Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
+\begin_layout Itemize
+or select the
+\family sans
+AE
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
-
+(Almost
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- or
+European)
+\family default
+ fonts in (the rare) case that
+\family sans
+Latin
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Modern
+\family default
+ is not available to you or does not work, and you still want to emulate
+ the look of
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+/
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+AE
+\family default
+ is a virtual font.
+ Virtual means that it
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexguide"
-
+steals
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-] may have more information.
- You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
-\end_layout
+ outline
+\family typewriter
+cm
+\family default
+-glyphs from other fonts.
+ This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
+ guillemets (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
+«
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+»
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Loading the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+aeguill
+\series default
-\begin_layout Section
-Notes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Notes
+LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+ with the document preamble line
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Notes"
+\series bold
+\backslash
+usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+\series default
+will fix the guillemet problem.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-LyX
-\begin_inset space ~
+ and that accented characters are not
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ glyph, but built of
+\emph on
+two
+\emph default
+ characters, the accent and the letter.
+ Therefore you cannot search for words with accented characters in documents
+ using the
+\family typewriter
+AE
+\family default
+ fonts.
+ If you search for example for the French word
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+rève
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ in a PDF, you will not get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches
+ for the glyph
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+ è
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
-\end_layout
+ and not for the glyph
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+ e +
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+ ̀
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
-ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
-\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
+\begin_layout Itemize
+If you do not like the look of
+\family typewriter
+cm
\family default
-.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+/
+\family typewriter
+ec
+\family default
+, you can of course select one of the other vector fonts provided, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Note Comment
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
-\end_layout
-
+g.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Greyed
+\family typewriter
+Times
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+Roman
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+ Palatino
+\family default
+.
+ Most roman vector fonts will automatically select matching sans
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+serif and typewriter fonts,
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+These are sometimes just matching other fonts (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+g.,
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+Roman
+\family default
+ selects
+\family sans
+Helvetica
+\family default
+ for sans serif text), or different shapes of the same font, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is text
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
- In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
- How this can be done is explained in the
+a real font
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+family
\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
- of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
-\end_layout
+in case of
+\family sans
+Latin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Modern
+\family default
+ oder
+\family sans
+Computer
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Modern
+\family default
+).
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-
+ but you can also select your own.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
- indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "note-insert"
+The differences between roman,
+\family sans
+sans
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- or the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Note
+serif
\family default
-.
- Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
-\end_layout
+ and
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ fonts are explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Section
-Footnotes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Footnotes
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
\end_inset
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Footnotes"
-
+The font
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Roman
+\family default
+ was originally designed for newspapers.
+ Its glyphs are thus smaller than glyphs from other fonts in order to fit
+ into the small newspaper columns.
+ Therefore
+\family sans
+Times
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Roman
+\family default
+ is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
- menu
+For the font size there are generally four possible values:
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Footnote
+Default, 10
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "footnote-insert"
-\end_inset
-
,
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-you'll see
+\family sans
+11
\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- the following box:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
- scale 80
+ and
+\family sans
+12
+\family default
+.
+ Some classes provide additional sizes.
+ The size of
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ depends on the class you are using.
+ In the standard classes it is equal to the font size 10.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the font size is the
+\emph on
+base size
+\emph default
+.
+ That means that LyX scales all other possible font sizes (such as those
+ used in footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
+ You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
- This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
- If you
+Style
\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- left-click on
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ dialog if needed.
+ The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family sans
-foot
-\family roman
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Family
\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-label, the box will
-\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
- Clicking on the box label again, will close
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-the
+ selection lets you specify whether the base font of your document should
+ be roman, sans
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+serif or typewriter.
+ The
+\family sans
+Default
\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- box
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-.
- If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
- on the footnote
+ selection uses what is preset by the class, the other selections override
+ this.
+ In most cases,
+\family sans
+Default
\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
- toolbar
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-button
+ is equal to
+\family sans
+roman
\family default
-\series default
-\bar default
-.
+, but some classes (such as presentation classes) use other defaults.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here's an example footnote:
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\bar no
-
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
+The
+\family typewriter
+
+\family sans
+LaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
- position where the footnote box is placed.
- The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
- The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
- no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
- LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
- scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
- T
-\family roman
-h
+X font encoding
\family default
-ey are described in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+ selection is an expert setting which lets you change the value passed to
+ the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+fontenc
+\series default
-\begin_layout Section
-Marginal Notes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Marginal notes
+LaTeX-packages ! fontenc
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ (see also sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+\end_inset
+).
+ Normally, you do not need to change (or even understand) this.
+ Unless you have specific reasons, use
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
- When you insert a margin note via the menu
+With some fonts, the checkboxes
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Marginal
-\begin_inset space ~
+Use Old Style Figures
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Use True Small Caps
+\family default
+ are available.
+ These are extra features some fonts provide.
+ If
+\family sans
+Use Old Style Figures
+\family default
+ is checked, old style figures (also known as medieval or text figures)
+ are used.
+ Old style figures are the numerals (0
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-Note
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "marginalnote-insert"
+--
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-, you'll see
-\family roman
-\series medium
-a
+9) with ascenders and descenders, which makes them fit nicely with lowercase
+ letters.
+
+\family sans
+Use True Small Caps
\family default
-\series default
- grey
-\family roman
-\series medium
-box with a
+ determines that real small caps are used instead of faked small caps made
+ of scaled capitals.
+ Real small caps are often part of expert font sets; they generally look
+ better than faked small caps but might have to be purchased separately.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The field
+\family sans
+CJK
\family default
+ allows users of the languages Chinese, Japanese, Korean (CJK) to specify
+ a font to display the script characters.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The font will be the argument for the commands of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+CJK
\series default
- red
-\family roman
-\series medium
-label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! CJK
+\end_layout
-margin
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- appearing within your text.
- This box is LyX's representation of your margin
+ So this has no effect for the document language
+\family sans
+Japanese
\family default
+ that does not use
+\series bold
+CJK
\series default
-al
-\family roman
-\series medium
-note.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-At the side is an example marginal note.
-\family roman
-\series medium
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Marginal
+
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a marginal note.
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
+ this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
+ LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences
+\family default
+ dialog, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
- In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
- pages, right on odd pages.
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Graphics and Images
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Using Different Character Styles
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images
+Character Styles
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Graphics
+Text Style
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
+ certain paragraph environments.
+ LyX supports two character styles,
+\family sans
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+.
+ You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
+ toolbar.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To activate the
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+ style, do one of the following:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+click on the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Graphics"
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+use the key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-noun"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
- you want and click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
-\end_inset
-
- or select
+These commands are all toggles.
+ That is, if
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Graphics
+Noun
\family default
- from the menu.
- Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
+ style is already active, they deactivate it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
- The
+One typically uses the
\family sans
-Graphics
+Noun
\family default
- tab allows you to choose your image file.
- The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
- factor.
- The scaling units are explained in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
+ style for proper names.
+ For example:
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-
+\noun on
+Matthias Ettrich
+\noun default
+ is the original author of LyX.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
+A more widely used character style is the
\family sans
-Clipping
+Emphasized
\family default
- it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
- of the image in the output.
- The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
-
+ style.
+ You can activate (or deactivate — it's also a toggle) the
\family sans
-Get
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ style by:
+\end_layout
-from
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Itemize
+clicking on the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
-file
-\family default
-.
- The option
-\family sans
-Clip
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-bounding
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Itemize
+using the keybindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-emph"
\end_inset
-box
-\family default
- will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
- Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
- the tab
-\family sans
-Clipping
-\family default
-.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the
+Normally the
\family sans
-LaTeX and LyX options
+Emphasized
\family default
- tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
- You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
- The option
-\family sans
-Draft
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
+es use a different font.
+\end_layout
-mode
-\family default
- has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
- with the image size is printed.
- The option
+\begin_layout Standard
+We've been using the
\family sans
-Don't
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-unzip
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Emphasized
+\family default
+ style all over the place in this document.
+ Here's one more example:
+\end_layout
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Quotation
-export
-\family default
- is explained in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual in section
\emph on
-Graphics Dialog
-\emph default
-.
+Do not overuse character styles!
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
- The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
- in the text.
- This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
+It's also a warning in addition to an example.
+ One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
+ Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
+ the common tendency to overuse character styles.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- scale 70
-
+You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
- the image into a float, see section
+ or the dialog
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
-
+Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Customized
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
-.
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Image Formats
+Fine-Tuning with the
+\family sans
+Text Style
+\family default
+ dialog
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Formats
+Text Style
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Image-Formats"
-
-\end_inset
-
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are always occasions when you will need to do some fine-tuning; so
+ LyX gives you a way to create a custom character style.
+ For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
+ requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
+ Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
+ from ordinary dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert images in any known file format.
- But as we explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
+ warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not easy to read and
+ tend to look as if someone has knocked huge holes in them.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+To use custom character styles, open the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
- LyX uses therefore the program
-\family typewriter
-ImageMagick
+Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Customized
\family default
- in the background to convert the images to the right format.
- To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
- you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
-\begin_inset space ~
+ dialog or press the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
-
+.
+ There are several boxes in this dialog, each corresponding to a different
+ font property that you can choose.
+ You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
+\family sans
+No
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+change
+\family default
+, which keeps the current state of that property.
+ The item
+\family sans
+Reset
+\family default
+ will reset the property to whatever is the default.
+ You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
+ environments all at once.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Bitmap
+The font properties, and their options (in addition to
+\family sans
+No
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
- They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
- Well-known bitmap image formats are
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+change
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Reset
+\family default
+) are:
+\end_layout
-Graphics Interchange Format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
- (GIF, file extension
+\family sans
+Family
+\family default
+ The
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.gif
-\family default
-
+overall look
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-GIF|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
+ of the font.
+ The possible options are:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Roman
+\family default
+ This is the Roman font family.
+ Normally a serif font.
+ It's also the default family.
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-roman"
\end_inset
-
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Portable Network Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
- (PNG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\family sans
+Sans
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.png
+Serif
\family default
+
+\family sans
+This is the Sans Serif font family.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\family default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-sans"
\end_inset
)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PNG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-}
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Typewriter
+\family default
+
+\family typewriter
+This is the Typewriter font family.
+\family default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-typewriter"
\end_inset
+\family sans
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Joint Photographic Experts Group
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- (JPG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family typewriter
-.jpg
+\family sans
+Series
\family default
+ This corresponds to the print weight.
+ Options are:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
- or
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Medium
+\family default
+ This is the Medium font series.
+ It's also the default series.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family typewriter
-.jpeg
+\family sans
+Bold
\family default
+
+\series bold
+This is the Bold font series.
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\series default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-bold"
\end_inset
)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-JPG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-{
+\family sans
+Shape
+\family default
+ As the name implies.
+ Options are:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+Upright
+\family default
+ This is the Upright font shape.
+ It's also the default shape.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-}
+\family sans
+Italic
+\family default
+
+\shape italic
+This
+\shape default
+
+\family sans
+\shape italic
+i
+\family default
+s the Italic font shape
+\shape default
+\emph on
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Slanted
+\family default
+
+\shape slanted
+This is the Slanted font shape
+\shape default
+ (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Description
-Scalable
+\family sans
+Small
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
- data loss.
- The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
- presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
- Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-Scalable image formats can be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Caps
+\family default
+
+\shape smallcaps
+This is the Small caps font shape
+\shape default
+\noun on
+.
+\end_layout
-Scalable Vector Graphics
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
- (SVG, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\family sans
+Color
+\family default
+ Alters the text color.
+ Note that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
+ Besides
+\family sans
+No
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\family typewriter
-.svg
+color
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, which means that the document default color set in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Color
+\family default
+ for
+\family sans
+Main
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-)
+text
+\family default
+ is used, you can choose between
+\family sans
+Black
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+White
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Red
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Green
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Blue
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Cyan
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Magenta
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Yellow
+\family default
+ text.
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-SVG|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+Color ! Text
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Encapsulated PostScript
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\family sans
+Language
+\family default
+ This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
+ the language of the document.
+ Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
+ (only within LyX).
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- (EPS, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+If you have for example, an extract of German text in a non-German document,
+ LaTeX respects the German hyphenation rules automatically.
+ When using the spell checking (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family typewriter
-.eps
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Spellchecking"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-EPS|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+) the German-marked text will be checked according to the German dictionary.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-{
+\family sans
+Size
+\family default
+ Alters the size of the font.
+ You will find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually
+ proportional to the document font size.
+ Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
+ what you want to do.
+ The options are:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-Image formats
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\family sans
+Tiny
+\family default
+
+\size tiny
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tiny
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-}
-\end_layout
+ font size.
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size tiny"
\end_inset
-
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-, and
+\family sans
+Smallest
+\family default
+
+\size scriptsize
+This is the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Portable Document Format
+Smallest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (PDF, file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ font size
+\size default
+.
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size scriptsize"
\end_inset
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family typewriter
-.pdf
+\family sans
+Smaller
\family default
+
+\size footnotesize
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Smaller
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-)
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF
-\end_layout
+ font size.
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size footnotesize"
\end_inset
-.
- We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
- or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
- In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
- image
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
- versa.
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Small
+\family default
+
+\size small
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Grouping of Image Settings
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+Small
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Images ! Settings grouping
-\end_layout
+ font size.
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size small"
\end_inset
-
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
- group.
- Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
- of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
- the same way.
- So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
- need to manually change each of them.
-
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-A new group can be set by entering a name in the
\family sans
-Group
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Name
+Normal
\family default
- field in the Graphics dialog.
- Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
- by checking the name of the desired group.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Tables
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables
-\end_layout
-
+ This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Tables"
-
+Normal
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
+ font size.
+ It's also the default size.
+ (key bindings
\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "tabular-insert"
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size normal"
\end_inset
- or the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
-\family default
-.
- A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
- The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
- from the rest of the table.
- This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
- have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
- them.
- Here's an example table:
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Large
+\family default
+
+\size large
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
-\end_layout
+Large
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
-\end_layout
+ font size.
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size large"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Larger
+\family default
+
+\size larger
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\end_layout
+Larger
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\end_layout
+ font size.
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size larger"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-B
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Largest
+\family default
+
+\size largest
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ font size.
+
+\size default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size largest"
+\end_inset
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\size normal
-\noun off
-\color none
+\family sans
+Huge
+\family default
-\end_layout
-
+\size huge
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Huge
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ font size.
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size huge"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-C
+)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Huger
+\family default
+
+\size giant
+This is the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Huger
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ font size.
+\size default
+ (key bindings
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-size giant"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Increase
+\family default
+ This increases the size by one step (for instance, from
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Largest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Huge
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+).
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size increase"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-The Table dialog
+)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
- brings up the table dialog.
- Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
- where the cursor is placed currently.
- Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
- This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
- done on all of your selection.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Standard
-Additionally to the table dialog, the
\family sans
-table
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-toolbar
+Decrease
\family default
- helps you in setting table properties.
- It appears when the cursor is inside a table.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the tab
-\family sans
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
+ This decreases the size by one step (for instance, from
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Settings
-\family default
- of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
- If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
- current cell respectively.
- The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
- is given.
- A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
- of text, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+Normal
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Table-Cells"
+Small
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+).
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-size decrease"
\end_inset
-.
+)
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
- using the check box
+We warn you
+\emph on
+yet again
+\emph default
+: don't go crazy with this feature.
+ You should almost never need to change the font size.
+ LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
+ — use those instead.
+ This is here for fine-tuning only!
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Multicolumn
+Misc
\family default
- or
+ Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
+ Options are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_deeper
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Multirow
+Emph
\family default
+
+\emph on
+This is text with emphasize on
+\emph default
.
- This will merge the cells to
+ This might seem like the same as
+\shape italic
+Italic
+\shape default
+, but it is actually a bit different.
+ Emphasized is a
\emph on
-one
+logical
\emph default
- cell, spread over more than one column/row.
- Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
- and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
- Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
- in the last row without the upper border:
+ attribute.
+ That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
+ text.
+ Normally this font is equal to italic.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
-<features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-abc
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Underbar
+\family default
+
+\bar under
+This is text with Underbar on.
+\bar default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "font-underline"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-def ghi
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family default
+Avoid using underbar if you can! It is a hangover from the typewriter days,
+ when you could not change fonts.
+ One no longer needs to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
+ This is only possible in LyX because some people
+\emph on
+may
+\emph default
+ need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-jkl
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+\family sans
+Double
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+underbar
+\family default
+
+\uuline on
+This is text with Double underbar on.
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
-\end_layout
+\uuline default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-underunderline"
+\end_inset
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-B
+As we just warned you against using underbar, you can imagine what we think
+ about double underbar.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+Wavy
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-C
-\end_layout
+underbar
+\family default
+
+\uwave on
+This is text with Wavy underbar on.
+\uwave default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-underwave"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-D
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-1
+Use this only if a journal absolutely insists on it.
+ Keep antinausea pills handy.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-2
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Strikeout
+\family default
+
+\strikeout on
+This is text with Strikeout on.
+\strikeout default
+ (key binding
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-strikeout"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-3
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-4
+This is frequently used to indicate an older version of text that has been
+ changed in the meantime.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+Noun
+\family default
+
+\noun on
+This is text with Noun on.
+\noun default
+ Like
+\family sans
+Emph
+\family default
+, this is a logical attribute.
+ Normally it's equivalent to
+\family sans
+Small
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Caps
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
+\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
- They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
- explained in the tables section of the
-\emph on
-Embedded
+So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
+ Once you have chosen a new character style via the
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
- You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Customized
+\family default
+ (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show character"
\end_inset
-degrees counterclockwise.
- These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Most DVI-viewers are
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- able to display rotations.
-\end_layout
-
+) dialog, the settings are saved.
+ You can activate them by using the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "textstyle-apply"
\end_inset
-
+.
+ The button lets you apply your custom character style even when the dialog
+ isn't visible.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Borders
-\family default
- tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
- The button
-\family sans
-Default
-\family default
- adds lines for all cell borders.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Longtables
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Longtables
-\end_layout
-
+To completely reset the character style to the default, use
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Longtables
-\end_layout
-
+.
+ If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
+ (suppose you just set the shape to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+slanted
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ and the series to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
-\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
+bold
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-long
+), set the
+\family sans
+Toggle
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-table
+all
\family default
- in the tab
+ switch and press
\family sans
-Longtable
+Apply
\family default
- of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
- Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You should also know something about the differences between the three main
+ font types
\family sans
-Header
+serif
\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
- except for the first page, if
+,
\family sans
-First
+sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-header
+serif
\family default
- is defined.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-
+, and
\family sans
-First
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-header
+typewriter
\family default
-: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
+:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Itemize
\family sans
-Footer
+Typewriter
\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
- except for the last page, if
-\family sans
-Last
-\begin_inset space ~
+ is a so called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-footer
-\family default
- is defined.
-\end_layout
+monospaced
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
+ font, which means every character has the same width; the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family sans
-Last
-\begin_inset space ~
+i
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-footer
-\family default
-: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
- defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
-\end_layout
+ is as wide as the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+m
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
- You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Caption
-\family default
.
- More about longtable captions can be found in the
-\emph on
-Embedded
-\begin_inset space ~
+ Here is an example
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+
+\begin_inset Phantom HPhantom
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+no
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also specify a row where the table is split.
- If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
- of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
- The others will then be defined as
-\emph on
-empty
-\emph default
-.
- In this context, first means first in this order:
-\family sans
-Footer, Last
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-footer,
-\family default
-
-\family sans
-Header,
+
+\family typewriter
+typewriter text
\family default
-
-\family sans
-First
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For more on phantoms see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-header.
-
-\family default
- See the following longtable to see how it works:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
-<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Example Phone List (ignore the names)
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+no typewriter text
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+
+\family sans
+Serif
+\family default
+ fonts use characters with serifs.
+ These are the small
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+appendices
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ at the ends of the strokes that form the character.
+ The following example shows the difference:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+text with serifs
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endfirsthead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-NAME
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+text without serifs
+\family default
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Serifs facilitate quick and easy reading.
+ These fonts are therefore used as default (named
+\family sans
+roman
+\family default
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+\family sans
+Sans serif
+\family default
+ is not recommended for use as a base type.
+ This font type is therefore often only used for headings and short texts.
+ We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-TEL.
-\end_layout
+Toggling
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ refers to applying or removing font properties.
+ When a property is marked for toggling in the
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog, applying the style to text that already has the property will cause
+ the property to be removed.
+ If you, for example, apply a style with properties A, B and C to text that
+ currently has font properties B, C, F and G, and if B is set to toggle
+ and C is set not to toggle, the text ends up with properties A, C, F and
+ G.
-\series bold
-Example Phone List
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Never toggled
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+always toggled
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ mean that you do not control the toggling behavior.
+ For the properties on the left side of the dialog (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Family
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ etc.), toggling behavior is up to you.
+ If
+\family sans
+Toggle
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+all
+\family default
+ is checked, all of the left side properties are toggled; by default, none
+ of them are.
+ Finally,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endhead="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Reset
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-NAME
-\end_layout
+ is never toggled.
+ If you, for example, set
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Series
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+Reset
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ and select
+\family sans
+Toggle
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+all
+\family default
+, then apply the style to bold face text, the text will revert to the default
+ series (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-TEL.
+Medium
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+), no matter how many times you apply the style.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+We conclude with the same warning once again: Do not overuse the fonts!
+ They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-continue ...
+\begin_layout Section
+Printing and Previewing
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Overview
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Now that we have covered some of the basic features of document preparation
+ using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
+ Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
+ goes on behind-the-scenes.
+ We cover this information in much greater detail in the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual as well.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
+ LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
+ confusion, we will only refer to LaTeX.
+ LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
+ Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
+ This happens in two stages:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
+ generating a file with the extension,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Annovi
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Next, LyX calls LaTeX to use the commands in the
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+ file to produce printable output.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Output file formats
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Silvia
+File formats
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Bertoli
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Simple text (ASCII)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Stefano
+File formats ! ASCII
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Bozzi
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.txt
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Walter
-\end_layout
+.
+ It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+American Standard Code for Information Interchange
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+ (ASCII).
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document to ASCII with the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Plain
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+text
+\family default
+.
+ However, this will not export any externally generated material such as
+ a BibTeX bibliography (section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Cachia
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maria
-\end_layout
+).
+ If your document includes such material, use
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+More
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Formats
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+&
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Options
+\family default
+ and then select
+\family sans
+Plain
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Cachia
+(ps2ascii)
+\family default
+.
+ This will first internally export your document to PostScript (generating
+ thereby the external material) and then do the conversion to ASCII.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+File formats ! LaTeX
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Cinquemani
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.tex
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giusi
+ and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
+ your document.
+ If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
+ it manually with console commands.
+ The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
+ you view or export your document.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document as a LaTeX-file using the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+eX
+\family default
+.
+ The different LaTeX export variants are explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Colin
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bernard
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+DVI
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+File formats ! DVI
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Concli
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Gianfranco
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.dvi
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+.
+ It is called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+device-independent
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
+ to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
+ DVIs are used for quick previews and as a pre-stage for other output formats,
+ like PostScript.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+\begin_layout Standard
+DVI files do not contain images, they only link to them.
+ So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
+ Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the images in the background to make
+ them visible when you scroll the DVI, this can slow down your computer
+ when you view the DVI.
+ So we recommend using PDF for files with many images.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document to DVI by the menus
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carolina
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+X).
+\family default
+ The latter option uses the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+.
+
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+ is an engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
+ font access (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Dalpiaz
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annamaria
+).
+ LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
+ standard TeX processor.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+PostScript
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+File formats ! PostScript
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Feliciello
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Domenico
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.ps
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+.
+ PostScript was developed by the company
+\family typewriter
+Adobe
+\family default
+ as a printer language.
+ The file therefore contains commands that the printer uses to print the
+ file.
+ PostScript can be seen as a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+programming language
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+If you are interested in learning more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-pack
+age
\series bold
-Focarelli
-\end_layout
+pstricks
+\series default
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Galletti
+ As a result of this, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+PostScript can only contain images in the format
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oreste
-\end_layout
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+ (EPS, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Gasparini
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.eps
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franca
-\end_layout
+).
+ As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
+ to convert them in the background to EPS.
+ If, for example, you have 50
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+images in your document, LyX has to do 50
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Rizzardi
+conversions when you view or export your document the first time.
+ This might slow down your workflow with LyX.
+ So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
+ EPS to avoid this problem.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export to PostScript using the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PostScript
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+PDF
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+File formats ! PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Lassini
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giancarlo
+PDF
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Malfatti
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Luciano
-\end_layout
+.
+ The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+Portable Document Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (PDF) developed by
+\family typewriter
+Adobe
+\family default
+ was derived from PostScript.
+ It is more compressed and it uses fewer commands than PostScript.
+ As the name
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+portable
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Malfatti
+ implies, it can be processed on any computer system and the printed output
+ looks exactly the same.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Valeriano
-\end_layout
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (JPG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Meneguzzo
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
-\end_layout
+) and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+Portable Network Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (PNG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Mezzadra
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.png
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+).
+ You can also use any other image format, because LyX converts them in the
+ background to one of these formats.
+ But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
+ will slow down your workflow.
+ So we recommend using images in one of the three formats mentioned above.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document to PDF via the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export
+\family default
+ in different ways:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Pirpamer
+(pdflatex) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+pdftex
+\family default
+ which converts your file directly to PDF.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Erich
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+X) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+ which converts your file directly to PDF.
+
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+ is a new engine, derived from
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex
+\family default
+, that also provides direct Unicode support and support for direct font
+ access (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Pochiesa
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paolo
+).
+ LuaTeX is still a work in progress, but it might develop into the next
+ standard TeX processor.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+(XeTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111, 222
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+X) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\family default
+ that converts your file directly to PDF.
+
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\family default
+ is a new engine that provides direct Unicode support and support for direct
+ font access (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Radina
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-font-support"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Claudio
+).
+ It is particularly good at typesetting different scripts, for example,
+ vertically written Japanese.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+(dvipdfm) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+dvipdfm
+\family default
+ that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
+ PDF.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Stuffer
+(ps2pdf) This uses the program
+\family typewriter
+ps2pdf
+\family default
+ that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
+ The PostScript-version is produced by the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
+ So this export variant consists of three conversions.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+We recommend using
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oskar
-\end_layout
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+ because
+\family typewriter
+pdftex
+\family default
+ supports all the features of actual PDF-versions, is quick, stable, and
+ works without problems.
+ If you rely on multiscript support and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+or specific OpenType fonts, you might
+ want to try out
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+(XeTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+X)
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Tacchelli
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ugo
+X)
+\family default
+ instead, bearing in mind that these two programs are not yet as mature
+ as
+\family typewriter
+pdflatex
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+XHTML
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+FileFormats ! XHTML
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Tezzele
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margit
+HTML
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+This file type has the extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.xhtml
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Frieda
-\end_layout
+.
+ It is a file suitable for viewing in web browsers.
+ It does not itself contain images and the like but only links to them.
+ When LyX produces XHTML, it also generates corresponding images in formats
+ suitable for the purpose.
+ For the math output you can choose in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Output
+\family default
+ between different formats, which are described in section
+\emph on
+Math Output in XHTML
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+XHTML output remains
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+under development
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Vieider
+, and not all LyX features are supported yet.
+ See the chapter
+\emph on
+LyX and the World Wide Web
+\emph default
+, in the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual, for more information.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hilde
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can export your document as an XHTML file using the menu item
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LyXHTML
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Previewing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+Document ! Preview
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Vigna
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the page
+ breaks in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
+
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ and choose
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ or use the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "buffer-view"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jürgen
-\end_layout
+.
+ A viewing program will pop up showing the output in the defined default
+ output format, which is globally set in the preferences (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+) and can also be altered for single documents in the document settings
+ (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Weber
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
-\end_layout
+).
+ Further output formats can be selected via
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+View (Other Formats)
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/view-others.png
+ scale 85
+ groupId toolbarbuttons
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
+ viewer window using the menu
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Update (Other Formats)
+\family default
+, respectively.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Winkler
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
+ directory.
+ To have a real output, export your document.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Printing the File from within LyX
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Printing-the-File"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franz
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Instead of exporting your file and then printing it, you can also print
+ it directly from within LyX.
+ To print a file, select the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Print
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "dialog-show print"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-111
-\end_layout
+) or click on the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show print"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+.
+ LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
+ This file is then processed by the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ to a PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
+\family typewriter
+Ghostscript
+\family default
+.
+ Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can set the following print parameters in the
+\family sans
+Print
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Destination
+\family default
+ box:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Printer
+\family default
+ This is the name of the printer to print to.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Note that this printer name is for the program
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+.
+ That means
+\family typewriter
+dvips
+\family default
+ has to be configured for this printer name.
+ The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Annovi
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Printer"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Silvia
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+ The printer should understand PostScript.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\series bold
-Bertoli
+\family sans
+File
+\family default
+ The name of a file to print to.
+ The output will be a PostScript file.
+ It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
+ path.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Stefano
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can choose to print only a range of pages, only even-numbered or only
+ odd-numbered pages or to print the pages in reverse — the latter options
+ are useful for printing on two sides with a printer without a duplexer:
+ you re-insert the pages after printing one set to print on the other side.
+ Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
+ By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
+ of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+A few Words about Typography
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+Typography
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Bozzi
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyphens, Dashes and Minus Signs
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Walter
+Hyphens
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+Dashes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Cachia
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In LyX, the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maria
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ character comes in four lengths: the
+\emph on
+hyphen
+\emph default
+, the
+\emph on
+en dash
+\emph default
+, the
+\emph on
+em dash
+\emph default
+, and the minus sign:
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Cachia
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+name
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+output
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Cinquemani
+inserted with
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giusi
+hyphen
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+-
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Colin
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bernard
+ in text
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+en dash
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Concli
+–
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Gianfranco
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Symbols
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<row interlinespace="3mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Dal Bosco
+em dash
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Carolina
+—
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Dalpiaz
+Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Symbols
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Annamaria
+minus sign
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $-$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Feliciello
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Domenico
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+ in math mode
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Focarelli
-\end_layout
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can alternatively generate the en and em dash by inserting the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Galletti
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+-
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oreste
-\end_layout
+ character multiple times in a row.
+ They will automatically be converted to the appropriate length dash in
+ the final output, but not in LyX.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ gives a en dash,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Gasparini
-\end_layout
+-
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franca
+ a em dash.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
+ math mode and has a length of its own.
+ Here are some examples:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+line- and page-breaks
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+(
+\emph on
+hyphen
+\emph default
+)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+From A–Z
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Rizzardi
+(
+\emph on
+en dash
+\emph default
+)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Oh — there's a dash.
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paola
+(
+\emph on
+em dash
+\emph default
+)
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Lassini
+(
+\emph on
+minus sign
+\emph default
+)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyphenation
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Giancarlo
+Hyphenation
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Hyphenation"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Malfatti
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Words are not hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
+ Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Luciano
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+ following the rules of the document language.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LaTeX hyphenates almost perfectly; it only has problems with text in the
+
+\family sans
+typewriter
+\family default
+ font and with unusual constructs, like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Malfatti
-\end_layout
+h3knix/m0n0wall
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+.
+ If LaTeX cannot break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points
+ manually.
+ This is done with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hyphenation
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Valeriano
+Point
+\family default
+.
+ These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
+ If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs from being hyphenated.
+ Imagine that you are describing keybindings/shortcuts in your document
+ in the form
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+A-b c
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+ LaTeX would then see the hyphen
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Meneguzzo
-\end_layout
+-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ as a hyphenation possibility.
+ Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
+ To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, you can put it into a makebox
+ as described in section
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
-\end_layout
+Prevent Hyphenation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Punctuation Marks
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Mezzadra
+Punctuation marks
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Roberto
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Abbreviations and End of Sentence
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Abbreviations"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
+ automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
+ LaTeX then adds the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+appropriate amount of space.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Pirpamer
+ That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
+ the next word.
+ Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period that a word
+ gets after another word.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation does
+ not work in all cases.
+ If a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Erich
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+ is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
+ at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here are some examples of
+\emph on
+correct
+\emph default
+ abbreviations and of the end of a sentence:
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Pochiesa
+\begin_layout Itemize
+M.
+ Butterfly
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Don't worry.
+ Be happy.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Paolo
+\begin_layout Standard
+And here is an example of the algorithm going wrong:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555, 222
+g.
+ this is too much space!
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
+This is I.
+ It's okay.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You will not see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Radina
+\begin_layout Standard
+To fix this problem, use one of the following:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use an
+\family sans
+Inter-word
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Claudio
-\end_layout
+Space
+\family default
+ after lowercase abbreviations (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+).
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+Spaces ! inter-word
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Stuffer
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use a
+\family sans
+Thin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Space
+\family default
+ between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Oskar
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Thin-Space"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+).
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+Spaces ! thin
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Tacchelli
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Use an
+\family sans
+End
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Ugo
-\end_layout
+of
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+sentence
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+period
+\family default
+ found under the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Special
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Character
+\family default
+ menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
+ This function is also bound to
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "specialchar-insert end-of-sentence"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ for easy access.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Tezzele
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Margit
-\end_layout
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+this is too much space!
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+This is I\SpecialChar \@.
+ It's okay.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-Unterkalmsteiner
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
+ If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because LaTeX
+ will take care of this.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
+ Check out the
+\family sans
+Check
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Frieda
+TeX
+\family default
+ feature described in the section
+\emph on
+Checking TeX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Quotes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+Typography ! Quotes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Vieider
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hilde
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+Quotes | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Typography
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Vigna
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jürgen
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-999
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
+ Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
+ and use a closing quote at the end.
+ For example,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+open close
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Weber
+.
+ The keyboard character,
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+, generates this automatically.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can specify what character the
+\family sans
+"
+\family default
+ key produces using the submenu
+\family sans
+Language
+\family default
+ of the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Maurizio
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
+ dialog in the box
+\family sans
+Quote Style
+\family default
+.
+ There are six choices:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Winkler
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Franz
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-555
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes sld
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes srd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row endlastfoot="true">
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-End
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes gld
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes grd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes pld
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table Cells
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Tables ! Cells
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Table-Cells"
+\family default
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes fld
+\end_inset
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes frd
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
- All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
- Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
- But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
\family sans
-Section*
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
+
+Text
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
-, etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
- for the cell's paragraph.
+ Use quotes like
+\begin_inset Quotes ald
+\end_inset
+
+this
+\begin_inset Quotes ard
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
- for the column in the table dialog.
- Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
- is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
- An example:
+For single quotes you have to use the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "quote-insert single"
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Ligatures
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
+Typography ! Ligatures
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-2
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ligatures | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-3
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+Typography
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-4
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is a multi-line entry in a table.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-5
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Ligatures"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-6
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
+ print them as single characters.
+ These groups are known as
+\emph on
+ligatures
+\emph default
+.
+ Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
+ in the output.
+ Here are the standard ligatures:
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ff
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is longer now.
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fi
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
+fl
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffi
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-7
+\begin_layout Itemize
+ffl
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
+ While a ligature may be okay in the word,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+graffiti,
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-8
-\end_layout
+ it looks really weird in compound words, such as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+cufflink
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ or the German
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-This is a multi-line entry in a table.
- This is longer now.
-\end_layout
+Dorffest.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ To break a ligature, use
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ligature
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Break.
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-9
-\end_layout
+\family default
+ This changes
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+cufflinks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+links
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Dorffest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
- You can cut and paste even more than one row.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note, that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would
- not be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
-
-\end_layout
+ to
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
+fest
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- Selection with the mouse or with
-\family sans
-Shift
-\family default
- plus the arrow keys works as usual.
- You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
- the selection from outside the table.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Floats
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LyX's Proper Names
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats
+LyX ! Proper names
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Floats"
+name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
- have a fixed location.
- It can
+You will certainly have noticed that the word “LaTeX” always appears with
+ characters in different sizes and heights.
+ LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
+ as a proper name when you type it in LyX as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-float
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
- forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
-
-\family sans
-Footnotes
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Margin
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Notes
-\family default
- are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
- too many notes on the page.
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
- Images and tables can be spread evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
- and pages without text.
- As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
-, every float can be referenced in the text.
- Floats are therefore numbered.
- Referencing is described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+command
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+ appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
+ To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To insert a float, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Floats
-\family default
-.
- A box with a caption that has e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+ Note the order of the upper- and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the
+ following proper names:
+\end_layout
-the label
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX The name of the game, write
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-#:
+yX
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
- The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
- the output.
- After the label you can insert the caption text.
-\begin_inset Index idx
+ to produce it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Captions
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
- paragraph within the float.
- To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
- by left-clicking on the box label.
- A closed float box looks like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/floatQt4.png
- scale 80
-
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- – a gray button with a red label.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
- LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
+ to produce it.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Float Types
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Figure Floats
-\begin_inset Index idx
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Figure floats
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+eX
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Figure-Floats"
+ to produce it.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+eX2e
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ to produce it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Figure
-\family default
- inserts a float with the label
+You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\series bold
-Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
+2
+\begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
\end_inset
-#:
-\series default
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
- Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
- the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
- This is what we did for Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
+ It is an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
+ For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
+\begin_inset Formula $\pi$
\end_inset
+: The actual version is
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Platypus"
+TeX-3.141592
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+, the previous one was
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+TeX-3.14159
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you don't want to use proper names, for example, in section headings,
+ you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the word.
+ In LyX this will look like
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/LaTeX.png
+ scale 80
\end_inset
.
- If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
- of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
- This was done in Figure
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+For more about TeX Code, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Escher"
+reference "sec:TeX-Code"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Units
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- width 50col%
+Typography ! Units
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Platypus"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
+ space between two words.
+ As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
+ smaller.
+ To get such a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+half space
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-A severely distorted platypus in a float.
-\end_layout
+ for units use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Thin
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Space
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcuts"
+arg "space-insert thin"
\end_inset
+).
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example to show the differences:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+24
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+\end_inset
+h
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+space between number and unit
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Escher"
+24
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+kW
+\begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
+\end_inset
+
+h
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-M.C.
- Escher on acid.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+half space between number and unit
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Widows and Orphans
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- scale 80
+Typography ! Widows and orphans
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
+ happened to end.
+ There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
+ You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
+ for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
+ of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
+ of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
+ These bits of text became known as
+\emph on
+widows
+\emph default
+ and
+\emph on
+orphans
+\emph default
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
+ That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
+ But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
+ of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
+ built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
+ specifically to prevent widows and orphans.
+ This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
- to it.
- As described in section
+We cannot go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page, or how you can
+ tweak that behavior.
+ Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography (such as
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
\end_inset
-, you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- and refer to it using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
-\family default
-.
- It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
- references like
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ or
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-the figure above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
- might not be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexguide"
+
\end_inset
-above
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+) may have more information.
+ You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Notes, Graphics, Tables and Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:Floats-and-Notes"
+
\end_inset
- at all.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
- might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
- This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
- Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
- Figure
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_layout Section
+Notes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Notes
+\end_layout
- is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
- You can also set the images one below the other.
- Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Undefinable"
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Notes"
\end_inset
- and
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Platypus"
-
-\end_inset
- are the subfigures.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_layout Description
+LyX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Note This note type is for internal notes that will not appear in the output.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
+\begin_inset Note Note
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it does appear as
+ a LaTeX-comment when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Undefinable"
+
+{}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Undefinable
-\end_layout
+eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+(xxx)
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Note Comment
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
- width 45col%
+This is text in a note box that only appears as a comment in LaTeX-files.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Out This note will appear in the output as text in a color which you can
+ set in the document settings under
+\family sans
+Colors\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Greyed-out
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
+notes
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Float figure
-wide false
-sideways false
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+This is the text
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Platypus"
+This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
+ In this document the color of this note type is set to blue.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Platypus
+ of a comment that appears in the output.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/platypus.eps
- lyxscale 60
- width 45col%
-
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+As you can see in the example, greyed out notes can have footnotes.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
-
+ or the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Note
+\family default
+.
+ Right-click on the note box that appears to select the note type.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\begin_layout Section
+Footnotes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
-
-\end_inset
-
-Two distorted images.
+Footnotes
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Footnotes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the caption is added to the
+LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
+ menu
\family sans
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Footnote
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "footnote-insert"
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+,
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+you will see
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ a box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
+ scale 80
+
\end_inset
-Figures
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+ This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
+ If you
\family default
- as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\series default
+\bar default
+ left-click on
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
+\family sans
+foot
+\family roman
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+label, the box will
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
+ Clicking on the box label again will close
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+the
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ box
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+.
+ If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply highlight it
+ and click on the footnote
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
+ toolbar
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+button
+\family default
+\series default
+\bar default
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Table Floats
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example footnote:
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\bar no
+
+\begin_inset Foot
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Table floats
+To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Table floats can be inserted using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
+The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
+ position where the footnote box is placed.
+ The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
+ The footnote number is calculated by LyX according to the document class.
+ LyX does not yet support a particular numbering scheme, but you can get
+ other schemes using special LaTeX-commands.
+ T
+\family roman
+h
\family default
-.
- They have the same properties as figure floats except for the different
- label.
- Table
+ey are described in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Table-float"
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Marginal Notes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
- is an example of a table float.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Marginal notes
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Table-float"
-
-\end_inset
-
-A table float.
-\end_layout
+name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
+ When you insert a margin note via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Marginal
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Note
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "marginalnote-insert"
+\end_inset
+, you will see
\family roman
\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
-\end_layout
-
+a
+\family default
+\series default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+box with the
+\family default
+\series default
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+label
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+margin
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ appearing within your text.
+ This box is LyX's representation of your margin
+\family default
+\series default
+al
\family roman
\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-2
+note.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+At the side of this sentence is an example marginal note.
\family roman
\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-3
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Marginal
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Joe
+\align left
+This is a marginal note.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Mary
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
+ In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin – left on even
+ pages, right on odd pages.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For further information about marginal notes see the section
+\emph on
+Margin
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Notes
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ted
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Graphics and Images
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Images
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Graphics
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-a & b\\
-c & d
-\end{array}\right]$
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Graphics"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
+ you want and click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ or select
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
+\family default
+ from the menu.
+ Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
+\begin_layout Standard
+This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
+ The
+\family sans
+Graphics
+\family default
+ tab allows you to choose your image file.
+ The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
+ factor.
+ The scaling units are explained in Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
+\family default
+ it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
+ of the image in the output.
+ The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
+
+\family sans
+Get
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+from
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+file
+\family default
+.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Clip
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+bounding
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+box
+\family default
+ will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
+ Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
+ the tab
+\family sans
+Clipping
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Algorithm Floats
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Algorithm floats
+
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This float type is inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Algorithm
+\end_inset
+
+X options
\family default
-.
- It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
- A possible environment for algorithms is the
+ tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
+ In this tab you can also specify the appearance of the image inside LyX.
+ The option
\family sans
-LyX-Code
+Draft
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+mode
\family default
-, described in section
+ has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
+ with the image size is printed.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Don't
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+unzip
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX-Code"
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+export
+\family default
+ is explained in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual in section
+\emph on
+Graphics Dialog
+\emph default
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
- language.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- You have to do this manually by adding the following line
+The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
+ Images will appear in the output exactly at the position where they are
+ in the text.
+ This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/mobius.eps
+ scale 70
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-floatname{algorithm}{your
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-name}
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-to the document preamble (menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-).
-
-\series bold
-your
+If you need image captions or want to reference images, you have to put
+ the image into a float, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-name
-\series default
- is the word
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-\emph on
-algorithm
-\emph default
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Figure-Floats"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in your language.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Wrap Floats
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Image Formats
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
+Images ! Formats
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Wrap figure
-lines 0
-placement l
-overhang 0in
-width "40col%"
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/mobius.eps
- width 40col%
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Image-Formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert images in any known file format.
+ But as we explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
-This is a wrapped figure.
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
+, every output document format allows only a few image formats.
+ LyX therefore uses the program
+\family typewriter
+ImageMagick
+\family default
+ in the background to convert the images to the right format.
+ To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
+ use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Bitmap
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-This float type is used if you want to
+images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
+ They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixelated in large zooms.
+ Well-known bitmap image formats are
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-wrap
+Graphics Interchange Format
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
- width.
- It can be inserted using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Wrap
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (GIF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Float
+
+\family typewriter
+.gif
\family default
- if the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-wrapfig
-\series default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+)
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- is installed.
-\begin_inset Foot
+GIF|see
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
-\emph on
-LaTeX
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Configuration
-\emph default
- manual.
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
- The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
- float box.
- Figure
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
-
-\end_inset
-
- is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-col%.
-\begin_inset Foot
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Available units are explained in Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-
-\end_inset
-.
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
-ng text.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Wrap floats might be fragile! E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Portable Network Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+ (PNG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up so
- that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed over some
- other text.
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+.png
+\family default
- In general:
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
- That means that wrap floats should preferably be inserted in the exact
- place when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where
- page breaks will appear.
-\end_layout
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats should either be placed in their own paragraph before the paragraph
- where they should wrap into, or within a paragraph.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PNG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause trouble, so make sure that
- there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Rotated Floats
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
-
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Rotating
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
- To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
- and use the option
-\family sans
-Rotate
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-sideways
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Rotated floats are always placed on their own pages (or columns, when you
- have a multicolumn document).
- You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
-\family sans
-Span
-\begin_inset space ~
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-columns
-\family default
-.
- Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
- Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+Joint Photographic Experts Group
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats; the caption
- format is also the same: Table
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (JPG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Rotated-table"
+\family typewriter
+.jpg
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is an example of a rotated table float.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+ or
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.jpeg
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways true
-status open
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+JPG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Rotated-table"
-\end_inset
-
- Rotated table
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-test
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-b
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-c
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Scalable
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-d
-\end_layout
+images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
+ data loss.
+ The scaling ability is desired if you want to create presentations, because
+ presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
+ Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-e
-\end_layout
+Scalable image formats can be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Scalable Vector Graphics
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+ (SVG, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+.svg
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+SVG|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Float Placement
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Float-Placement"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
+{
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Floats ! Placement
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
- options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-The option
-\family sans
-Span
-\begin_inset space ~
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-columns
-\family default
- is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
- span both columns on the page instead of being confined to just one.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+Encapsulated PostScript
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-The option
-\family sans
-Rotate
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (EPS, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-sideways
+
+\family typewriter
+.eps
\family default
- is used to rotate floats, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+EPS|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
- set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
-\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-default
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Image formats
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-placement
-\family default
-:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Here
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-if
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-possible: try to place the float at the position where it is inserted
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-page: try to place the float at the top of the current page
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Bottom
-\begin_inset space ~
+Portable Document Format
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+ (PDF, file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-page: try to place the float at the bottom of the current page
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\family typewriter
+.pdf
+\family default
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-floats: try to place the float at an own page
+)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PDF
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The order of the above option is
-\emph on
-always
-\emph default
- used by LaTeX.
- That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
-
-\family sans
-Here
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-if
-\begin_inset space ~
+.
+ We say
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-possible
-\family default
-, then
-\family sans
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
+can be
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
+, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF or EPS and the
+ result will not be scalable.
+ In this case only a header with the image properties is added to the original
+ image.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-page
-\family default
-, and then the others.
- If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
- in the same order.
- If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
- but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-By default, each option has its own rules:
+Normally one cannot convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only
+\emph on
+vice versa
+\emph default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Grouping of Image Settings
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-Top
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Images ! Settings grouping
+\end_layout
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-page
-\family default
- only floats occupying less than 70
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-% of the page can be placed at the top of a page
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family sans
-Bottom
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-page
-\family default
-: only floats occupying less than 30
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-% of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
+Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
+ group.
+ Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
+ of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
+ the same way.
+ So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
+ need to manually change each of them.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+A new group can be set by pressing the button
\family sans
-Page
+Open
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-of
+new
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-floats
+group
\family default
-: only if more than 50
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+ in the
+\family sans
+ Graphics
+\family default
+ dialog in the
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-% of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
- on a page.
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
- option
-\family sans
-Ignore
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LaTeX
+eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-rules
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
- exactly at the position where it is inserted.
- For this case you can use the option
-\family sans
-Here
+and
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-definitely
-\family default
-.
- Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
- be printed.
- Because the float is then no longer able to
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-float
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
- when you change your document, this will often destroy the page layout.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
- surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
-
\end_inset
-.
+X options
+\family default
+ tab.
+ Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
+ and checking the name of the desired group.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Minipages
+Tables
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Minipages
+Tables
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Minipages"
+name "sec:Tables"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
- called minipage.
- Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
-\begin_inset space ~
+You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "tabular-insert"
\end_inset
-apply.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
+ or the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Box
+Table
\family default
.
- Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
- and its alignment within the page.
+ A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
+ The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
+ from the rest of the table.
+ This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
+ have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
+ them.
+ Here is an example table:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\align center
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "30col%"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\shape italic
-This is a minipage.
- The text is set in an italic style.
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\shape italic
-Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
- another formatting.
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+2
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
-\end_inset
-
-If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
-\family sans
-Horizontal Fills
-\family default
- as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+3
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
-
-\end_inset
-
-:
-\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Box Frameless
-position "t"
-hor_pos "c"
-has_inner_box 1
-inner_pos "t"
-use_parbox 0
-use_makebox 0
-width "1.5in"
-special "none"
-height "1pt"
-height_special "totalheight"
-status open
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
- This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+B
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
- to other box types.
- All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
-\emph on
-Boxes
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Chapter
-Mathematical Formulas
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Formulas | see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{
+\size normal
+\noun off
+\color none
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-Math
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-}
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+C
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
- There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Basic Math Editing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Basics
+
\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "math-mode on"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Table dialog
+\end_layout
-.
- That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
- corners.
- That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
- what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
- You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button and
+ then choosing
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
+More\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
\family default
- menu.
+.
+ This brings up the table dialog.
+ Here you can adjust the settings of the cell, row and/or column where the
+ cursor is placed currently.
+ Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
+ This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
+ done on all of your selection.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
- with the
+In addition to the table dialog, the
\family sans
-math
+table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
toolbar
\family default
-, that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
- line, like this one:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with an inline formula
-\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
-\end_inset
-
- in it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in an own paragraph
-, like this one:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-A=B
-\]
-
-\end_inset
-
-You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
+ helps you in setting table properties.
+ It appears if the cursor is inside a table.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-typing
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-alpha
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
-\end_inset
-
-.
- So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
+In the tab
\family sans
-Math
+Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panel
+Settings
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Navigating in Formulas
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Navigating
-\end_layout
-
+ of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
+ If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
+ current cell respectively.
+ The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
+ is given.
+ A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
+ of text, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
- achieved with the arrow keys.
- LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
- The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- will leave a formula construct (a square root
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
-\end_inset
-
-, or parentheses
-\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Table-Cells"
-, or a matrix
-\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
-).
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Escape
-\family default
- will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
-
-\family sans
-Tab
-\family default
- can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
- cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+You can mark multiple cells of one row/column as a multicolumn/row cell
+ using the check box
\family sans
-Space
+Multicolumn
\family default
-, printed in this document as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+ or
+\family sans
+Multirow
+\family default
+.
+ This will merge the cells to
+\emph on
+one
+\emph default
+ cell, spread over more than one column/row.
+ Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
+ and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
+ Here is an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
+ in the last row without the upper border:
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
+<features rotate="0" firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-spce
+abc
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+def ghi
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
- space character (visible space).
+jkl
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
- characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
- For this reason, you have to be careful about using
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-.
- For example, if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-, type
-\series bold
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+A
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+B
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-spce
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+C
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-2x+1
-\series default
- and not
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+D
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+1
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-spce
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-2x
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+3
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-spce
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-+1
-\series default
-, since in the latter case only the
-\family typewriter
-
-\begin_inset Formula $2x$
\end_inset
-\family default
- will be under the square root sign:
-\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
+ They are necessary for special table formatting, such as the multirow cells,
+ explained in the chapter
+\emph on
+Tables
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+degrees counterclockwise.
+ These rotations are not visible in LyX but are visible in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
- in, such as:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-\lambda_{1}\\
- & \ddots\\
- & & \lambda_{n}
-\end{array}\right)
-\]
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
- in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Most DVI-viewers are
+\emph on
+not
+\emph default
+ able to display rotations.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Selecting Text
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
- Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
+The
\family sans
-Shift
+Borders
\family default
- and a cursor movement key to select text.
- It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
- Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
- That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
- but not in a normal text region in LyX.
+ tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
+ The button
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ adds lines for all cell borders.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Exponents and Subscripts
+Longtables
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Exponents
+Tables ! Longtables
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Subscripts
+Longtables
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
- way is to use a command.
- To get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
+If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
+\family sans
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, type in a formula
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+long
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
+table
+\family default
+ in the tab
+\family sans
+Longtable
+\family default
+ of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
+ Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Description
-\series default
-.
- The final
\family sans
-Space
+Header
\family default
- puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
- If you type
-\series bold
-x^2y
-\series default
-, you will get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable.
+ except for the first page, if
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, to get
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
+header
+\family default
+ is defined.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, type
-\series bold
-x^2
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+header
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Description
+\family sans
+Footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable,
+ except for the last page, if
+\family sans
+Last
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-spce
+footer
+\family default
+ is defined.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+Last
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-y
-\series default
+footer
+\family default
+: The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
+ defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Caption: The first row is reset as a single column.
+ You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Caption
+\family default
.
- If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
- hat
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ More about longtable captions can be found in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-^
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also specify a row where the table is split.
+ If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
+ that then only the first option is used; the others will be defined as
+
+\emph on
+empty
+\emph default
+.
+ In this context, first means first in this order:
+\family sans
+Footer, Last
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-, you have to use an extra
+footer,
+\family default
+
\family sans
-Space
+Header,
\family default
- to separate the hat and the character.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+
+\family sans
+First
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+header
+\family default
+; see the following longtable to see how it works:
+\end_layout
-if you want
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
+<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-, type
\series bold
-x^
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+Example Phone List (ignore the names)
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\end_layout
-a
-\series default
-.
- Subscripts are similar: To get
-\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row endfirsthead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-, type
\series bold
-a_1
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+NAME
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series default
-.
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Fractions
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Fractions
+
+\series bold
+Example Phone List
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Create a fraction with either the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-frac
-\series default
- or using the icon
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/frac.png
- scale 60
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- in the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Panel
-\family default
-.
- You will be presented with an empty fraction.
- The cursor is above the fraction line.
- To move it to the bottom, simply press
-\family sans
-Down
-\family default
-.
- To move back up, press
-\family sans
-Up
-\family default
-.
- Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
-2 & 3\\
-4 & 5
-\end{array}\right)}\right]
-\]
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row endhead="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+NAME
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Roots
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Roots
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+TEL.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Roots can be created using the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row endfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+continue ...
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- or the commands
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
-.
- With the command
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-root
-\series default
- you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-sqrt
-\series default
- produces always a square root.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Operators with Limits
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Sums
+
+\series bold
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Silvia
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Integrals
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+\series bold
+Bertoli
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Stefano
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sum (
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-) and integral (
-\begin_inset Formula $\int$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
+\end_layout
-) operators are very often decorated with limits.
- These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
- a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
- The sum operator will automatically place its
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Bozzi
+\end_layout
- over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
- formulas.
- Such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, versus
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Walter
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
- types.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
- display mode.
- The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
- behind the operator and hitting
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-limits"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Cachia
+\end_layout
- or using the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Maria
+\end_layout
-Limits
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Type
-\family default
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Certain other mathematical expressions have this
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Cachia
+\end_layout
-moving limits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- feature as addition, such as
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Maurizio
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Limits
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
-\]
+\series bold
+Cinquemani
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-which will place the
-\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Giusi
+\end_layout
- underneath the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-lim
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
+\end_layout
- in display mode.
- In inline formulas it looks like this:
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
\series bold
+Colin
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-lim
-\series default
-.
- Have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Functions"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bernard
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- for an explanation of function macros.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Symbols
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Symbols
+
+\series bold
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Gianfranco
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Most math symbols can be found in the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Panel
-\family default
- under one of several categories; including
-\family sans
-Greek
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Operators
-\family default
- ,
-\family sans
-Relations
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Arrows
-\family default
-.
- There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
- Society (AMS).
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Dal Bosco
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
- you don't have to use the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Panel
-\family default
-, but can type the command directly into the formula.
- LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Carolina
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Altering Spacing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Spaces
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Dalpiaz
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
- LaTeX provides.
- To do this, type
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "space-insert protected"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Annamaria
+\end_layout
- or to use the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/space.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.
- This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
- For example, the sequence
\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
+Feliciello
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- appears in LyX as
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Domenico
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
- the space marker and hit space again several times.
- With every space hit the size will be changed.
- Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
- spaces.
- Here are two examples:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 3×
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
-\end_inset
+Focarelli
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paola
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-a Ctrl+Space b
-\series default
- and 5×
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Galletti
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Functions
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Functions
+Oreste
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Functions"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Gasparini
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Panel
-\family default
- contains under the button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/functions.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Franca
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- a number of function macros, such as
-\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
+\end_layout
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-,
-\emph on
-etc
-\emph default
-.
- (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-sin
-\series default
- etc.).
- Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
- avoid confusions, because
-\begin_inset Formula $sin$
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Rizzardi
+\end_layout
- does normally mean
-\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paola
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
-
-\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
-\end_inset
-
- is different from
-\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes where subscript
-s are placed, as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+\series bold
+Lassini
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Accents
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Accents
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Malfatti
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
- mode.
- This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
- You can also use LaTeX commands to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Luciano
+\end_layout
-enter
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
- Our example is entered by typing
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-hat
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Malfatti
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-spce
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Valeriano
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
+\end_layout
-a
-\series default
- in a formula.
- Table
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
+\series bold
+Meneguzzo
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Roberto
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+111
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Accent-names-and"
+
+\series bold
+Mezzadra
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Accent names and the corresponding commands.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Roberto
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Name
+
+\series bold
+Pirpamer
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
+Erich
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-E
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-xample
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-circumflex
+\series bold
+Pochiesa
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paolo
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-hat
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111, 222
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
+\series bold
+Radina
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Claudio
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-grave
+\series bold
+Stuffer
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Oskar
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-grave
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
+\series bold
+Tacchelli
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ugo
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-acute
+\series bold
+Tezzele
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Margit
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-acute
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
+\series bold
+Unterkalmsteiner
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Frieda
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-umlaut
+\series bold
+Vieider
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hilde
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-ddot
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
+\series bold
+Vigna
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Jürgen
+\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-tilde
+\series bold
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-tilde
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-dot
+\series bold
+Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-dot
+Franz
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+111
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-breve
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-breve
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-caron
+\series bold
+Annovi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-check
+Silvia
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-macron
+\series bold
+Bertoli
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-bar
+Stefano
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-vector
+
+\series bold
+Bozzi
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-vec
+Walter
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Maria
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
-\family sans
-Frame
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-decorations
-\family default
- symbol set button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/hat.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
- a formula too.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Brackets and Delimiters
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Brackets
+
+\series bold
+Cachia
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Delimiters
+Maurizio
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Cinquemani
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are several brackets available through LyX.
- For most purposes, using just the keys
-\family typewriter
-[]{}()|<>
-\family default
- should suffice.
- But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
- or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
- toolbar delimiter icon
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
-\end_inset
-
-.
- For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
- matrix such as:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left[\begin{array}{cc}
-1 & 2\\
-3 & 4
-\end{array}\right]
-\]
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Giusi
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
- to accommodate the size of what is inside.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
- left side and right side.
- If you use the option
-\family sans
-Keep
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-matched
-\family default
-, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
- The selection will be shown below the button field.
- If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
- It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
- you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
- inside the brackets.
- Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
-\family sans
-Insert
-\family default
-.
- The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
+\series bold
+Colin
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Arrays and Multi-line Equations
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Arrays
+Bernard
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Matrices
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
+
+\series bold
+Concli
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Gianfranco
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Matrices are entered in LyX using the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Panel
-\family default
- matrix button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/matrix.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
-1 & 2 & 3\\
-4 & 5 & 6\\
-7 & 8 & 9
-\end{array}\right)
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Dal Bosco
+\end_layout
-The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Carolina
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
- will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
- This alignment is set in the box
-\family sans
-Horizontal
-\family default
- with the letters
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-l
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-r
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Dalpiaz
+\end_layout
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Annamaria
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-c
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-.
- LyX proposes a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-c
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- for every column as default.
- For example, the sequence
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Feliciello
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-lcr
-\family default
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Domenico
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
- centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
- corresponds to the relevant column.
- The result will look like this:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-\begin{array}{lcr}
-this & this\, column & this\, column\\
-column & has & has\, right\\
-has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
-\end{array}.
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Focarelli
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- while the cursor is in the matrix.
- Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math
-\family default
- or the math toolbar.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paola
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
- It can be created with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cases
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Environment
-\family default
- or the command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-cases
-\series default
-.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
--1 & x<0\\
-0 & x=0\\
-1 & x>0
-\end{cases}
-\]
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Galletti
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Multi-line formulas are created when you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Oreste
+\end_layout
- within a formula.
- In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
- column.
- When you press
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-=
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
- is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
- A new row is created by every further hit of
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "newline-insert newline"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.
- Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
-a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
-\end{eqnarray}
+\series bold
+Gasparini
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
- where you want to start the shift and hit
-\family sans
-Ctrl-Tab.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Franca
+\end_layout
-\family default
- It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
- position to the next column.
- Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
- within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray*}
-\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
-\end{eqnarray*}
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Rizzardi
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The multi-line formula type described here is called
-\family typewriter
-\series medium
-eqnarray
-\family default
-\series default
-.
- There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
- for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:asquared"
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paola
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-).
- The other types are described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
+\series bold
+Lassini
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Giancarlo
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Formula Numbering and Referencing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Formula numbering
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+Malfatti
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Referencing formulas
+Luciano
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Malfatti
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Toggle
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Numbering
-\family default
- or the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Valeriano
+\end_layout
-.
- The formula number appears in LyX as
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
- within parentheses.
- The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- denotes that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
- is generated.
- The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
- the document class.
- In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
- separated by a dot:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{equation}
-1+1=2
-\end{equation}
+\series bold
+Meneguzzo
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Roberto
+\end_layout
-Using
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
- You can only number displayed formulas.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Toggle
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Numbering
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Mezzadra
+\end_layout
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Roberto
+\end_layout
-Line
-\family default
- or the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-line-toggle"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-1 & = & 3-2\\
-2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
-4 & \leq & 7
-\end{eqnarray}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Pirpamer
+\end_layout
-To number all lines use the shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Erich
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
- A label is inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- when the cursor is in the formula.
- This opens a dialog to enter the label.
- It is recommended to use the proposed
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-eq:
-\family default
+\series bold
+Pochiesa
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
- type when you have many labels in your document.
- We inserted in the following example the label
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Paolo
+\end_layout
-eq:tanhExp
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- in the second line:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\begin{eqnarray}
-\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
- & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
-\end{eqnarray}
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555, 222
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
- Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
- placeholder
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-#
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+Radina
+\end_layout
-.
- You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Reference
-\family default
-.
- A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
- The reference appears in LyX as a grey cross reference box and in the output
- as the formula number:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Claudio
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-This is a cross-reference to equation (
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-).
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Cross-References"
+\series bold
+Stuffer
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-.
- To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
-
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
-\family default
- and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
+Oskar
\end_layout
\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-User defined math macros
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Macros
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Tacchelli
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
- have equations of the same form in a document several times.
- Math macros are explained in section
-\emph on
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Macros
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Fine-Tuning
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Ugo
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Typefaces
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Typefaces
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Tezzele
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
- To set a font in a formula, use the
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Panel
-\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Margit
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
+\end_layout
-, or enter its command, listed in table
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+\series bold
+Unterkalmsteiner
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, directly.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Frieda
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+555
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
+
+\series bold
+Vieider
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Hilde
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Font
+
+\series bold
+Vigna
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Command
+Jürgen
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+999
+\end_layout
-\shape up
-\size normal
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Weber
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Maurizio
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-mathrm
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+Winkler
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Franz
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-mathbf
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+555
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<row endlastfoot="true">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
+
+\series bold
+End
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathit
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table Cells
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tables ! Cells
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Table-Cells"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
+ All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
+ Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
+ But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
+\family sans
+Section*
+\family default
+, etc.), nor set spacing options for the cell's paragraph.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
+ for the column in the table dialog.
+ Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
+ is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
+ An example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
+\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
-\end_inset
-
-
+1
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathtt
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
-\end_inset
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathbb
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+4
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
-\end_inset
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is a multi-line entry in a table.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathfrak
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+5
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
\shape up
\size normal
-\emph on
+\emph off
\bar no
\noun off
\color none
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
+6
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathcal
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+7
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+8
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+This is a multi-line entry in a table.
+ This is longer now.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-mathsf
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+9
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
+ You can even cut and paste more than one row.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Note that you cannot paste into a multicell selection because it would not
+ be clear what to do when pasting a single word in a selected 2×3.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ Selection with the mouse or with
+\family sans
+Shift
+\family default
+ plus the arrow keys works as usual.
+ You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
+ the selection from outside the table.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Floats
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Floats"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
-\family sans
-Blackboard
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Calligraphic
-\family default
-.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
- Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
- Pressing
-\family sans
-Space
-\family default
- within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
- space when you need a space in the box.
- Here an example where
+A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
+ have a fixed location.
+ It can
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-N
+float
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- in
+ forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
+
\family sans
-Blackboard
+Footnotes
\family default
- denotes the set of numbers:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
-\]
-
+ and
+\family sans
+Margin
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+Notes
+\family default
+ are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
+ too many notes on the current page.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
- You can e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Floats make it possible to get a high quality layout.
+ Images and tables can be distributed evenly over the pages to avoid whitespace
+ and pages without text.
+ As the floating often destroys the spatial context between the text and
+ the image/table, every float can be referenced in the text.
+ Floats are therefore numbered.
+ Referencing is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-put a character in
-\family sans
-Fraktur
-\family default
- in a box for
-\family sans
-Typewriter
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-So it is better not to use this feature.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
-\end_inset
+To insert a float, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float
+\family default
+.
+ A box with a caption will be inserted into your document.
+ The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
+ the output.
+ After the label you can insert the caption text.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Captions
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-You can only print them emboldened using the command
-\series bold
+ The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
+ paragraph within the float.
+ To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
+ by left-clicking on the box label.
+ A closed float box looks like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/floatQt4.png
+ scale 80
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
-\series default
-, which works like the other typeface commands:
-\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
\end_inset
-
+ – a gray button with a red label.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+You should insert floats in a separate paragraph to avoid possible LaTeX-errors
+ that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
+\end_layout
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-boldsymbol
-\series default
- works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Examples
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Figure Floats
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Figure-Floats"
+
\end_inset
-Style
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Math Text
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Text
+Floats ! Figure floats
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
- not for text.
- For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
- the entry
-\family sans
-Normal
+Figure
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-text
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Platypus-distorted"
+
\end_inset
-mode
-\family default
- of the
+ was created using the menu
\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Figure
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "float-insert figure"
\end_inset
-Panel
+).
+ The image was inserted by setting the cursor above the caption label and
+ using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Graphics
\family default
- button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/font.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset graphics"
+\end_inset
+).
+ The image in the float was horizontally centered by putting the cursor
+ to the left or right of the image and using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- (shortcut
+Settings
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "font-default"
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
\end_inset
).
- Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
- You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
- Here is an example:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-f(x)=\begin{cases}
-x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
--x & \mbox{under Umständen}
-\end{cases}
-\]
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 50
+ width 50col%
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Font Sizes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Font sizes
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Platypus-distorted"
+
+\end_inset
+
+A severely distorted platypus in a float.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
- automatically chosen in most situations.
- These are called
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-scriptstyle
-\family default
-, and
-\family sans
-scriptscriptstyle
-\family default
-.
- For most characters,
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
- and
+This figure float also shows how to set a label and create a cross-reference
+ to it: Insert a label into the caption using the menu
\family sans
-displaystyle
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
\family default
- are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
- and certain other structures, are set larger in
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
+\end_inset
+
+) and refer to it using the menu
\family sans
-displaystyle
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
\family default
-.
- Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
- situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
-e.
- These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename ../images/math/style.png
- scale 85
- groupId toolbarbuttons
-
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
-.
- A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
- For example, you can set
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
+).
+ It is important to use cross-references to figure floats rather than using
+ vague references like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-, which is normally in
-\family sans
-textstyle
-\family default
-, larger in
-\family sans
-displaystyle
-\family default
-:
-\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
+the figure above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The four styles are used in the following example:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
+, because, as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document, it
+ might not be
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
+above
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
+ at all.
+ For more about cross-references, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
- inset is set in a particular size with the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Text
+Normally only one image is inserted in a figure float, but sometimes you
+ might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
+ This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
+ Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style
-\family default
-, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
- Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
- will be adjusted to correspond.
- As an example here is a formula in the font size
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
+
\end_inset
-largest
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-\family roman
-\size largest
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
\end_inset
+ is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
+ You can also set the images one below the other.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Theorem Modules
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
- the document classes and into layout modules.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Layout Modules
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Undefinable"
\end_inset
- As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
- other than the AMS classes.
- See section
+ and
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Modules"
+reference "fig:Platypus"
\end_inset
- for more on layout modules.
+ are the subfigures.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-AMS-LaTeX
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-AMS math
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! AMS
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Undefinable"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
- (AMS) that are in common use.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Enabling AMS-Support
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Selecting the checkbox
-\family sans
-Use
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-AMS
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Undefinable
+\end_layout
-math
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-package
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
+ width 45col%
\end_inset
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Math
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Options
-\family default
- will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
- available.
- AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
- formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-AMS-Formula Types
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
+\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_inset Float figure
+wide false
+sideways false
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Math ! Multi-line Equations
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Platypus"
-\begin_layout Standard
-AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
- LyX allows you to choose between
-\family typewriter
-align
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-alignat
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-flalign
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-gather
-\family default
-, and
-\family typewriter
-multline
-\family default
-.
- We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Chapter
-More Tools
+Platypus
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Cross-References
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Cross references
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/platypus.eps
+ lyxscale 60
+ width 45col%
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Cross-References"
+name "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-
+Two distorted images.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
- You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
- the document.
- To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
- The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
- We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-First item
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "enu:Second-item"
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Table Floats
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Table floats
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-Second item
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Third item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
+Table floats can be inserted using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Label
+Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
\family default
- or by pressing the toolbar button
+ or the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "label-insert"
+arg "float-insert table"
\end_inset
.
- A grey label box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/labelQt4.png
- scale 85
-
+ They have the same properties as figure floats except that the table in
+ the float is normally placed below the caption and not above like for figures
+ and that the label begins with “tab:”.
+ Table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
- LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
- the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Table-float"
+
\end_inset
+ is a table float.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-enu: Second-item
-\family default
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "tab:Table-float"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- The prefix
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+A table float.
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\family sans
-enu:
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- stands for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-enumerate
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+1
+\end_layout
-.
- The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+2
+\end_layout
-if you insert a label into a section heading, the prefix will be
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-sec:
-\family default
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+3
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Joe
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- A grey cross-reference box like this:
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
- scale 85
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Mary
+\end_layout
- is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
- in the document.
- We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-enu:Second-item
-\family default
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+Ted
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
\end_inset
-.
- At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
- in the output.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Alternatively to
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Cross-Reference
-\family default
-, you can right-click on a label and use in the appearing context menu
-\family sans
-Copy as Reference
-\family default
-.
- The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be copied
- to the actual cursor position via the menu
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paste
-\family default
- (shortcut Ctrl+V).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is our cross-reference: Item
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "enu:Second-item"
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+a & b\\
+c & d
+\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is recommended to use a protected space
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-described in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Protected-Space"
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
\end_inset
\end_inset
- between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
- between them.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are six varieties of cross-references:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_layout Subsection
+More Information
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Floats ! Details
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
- normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX offers you further float types as well as rotated floats.
+ It also allows you to change the float numbering scheme, to control the
+ float placement and to change the formatting and placement of the float
+ caption.
+ All these features are explained in detail with many examples in the chapter
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\emph on
+Floats
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Equation
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
- is omitted:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand eqref
-reference "eq:tanhExp"
+\begin_layout Section
+Minipages
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Minipages
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<page>: prints the page number: Page
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+LaTeX provides a mechanism essentially to produce a page within a page,
+ called a minipage.
+ Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
+apply.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Box
+\family default
+.
+ Right-clicking on the box label allows you to alter the width of the minipage
+ and its alignment within the page.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand pageref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\align center
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "30col%"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\shape italic
+This is a minipage.
+ The text is set in an italic style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\shape italic
+Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
+ another formatting.
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-page
+If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
+\family sans
+Horizontal Fills
+\family default
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vpageref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+:
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-<reference>
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
-on
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
+\end_layout
-page
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-<page>: prints the number, the text "on page", and the page number:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand vref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Box Frameless
+position "t"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 1
+inner_pos "t"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1.5in"
+special "none"
+height "1pt"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
+ This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Formatted
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you right-click on a minipage box, you can transform the box to another
+ box type.
+ All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
+\emph on
+Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-prettyref
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
-refstyle
-\series default
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Chapter
+Mathematical Formulas
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+Math
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+Formulas | see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{
\end_layout
\end_inset
- installed.
+Math
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Textual
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-reference: prints the caption or name of the reference:
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand nameref
-reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+ There you will also find tips and tricks for special cases.
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-<page>
-\family default
- will not print the page number if the label is on the previous, the same,
- or the next page.
- You will e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Basic Math Editing
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Basics
+\end_layout
-see the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\family sans
-on this page
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-mode on"
\end_inset
- instead.
- The style
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-mode"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
+ corners.
+ That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
+ what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
+ You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
\family sans
-<reference> on page <page>
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math
\family default
- will not print anything about the page if the label is on the same page.
+ menu.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
- is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
- The varieties are adjusted in the field
+Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
+ with the
\family sans
-Format
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+toolbar
\family default
- of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
-e.
+, that appears if the cursor is in a formula.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can only use the style
-\family sans
-<reference>
-\family default
- to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
-\family sans
-<page>
-\family default
- is always possible.
+There are two main types of formulas, inline formulas and display formulas.
+ Inline formulas appear within a text line, like this one:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
- for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
- it.
- Referencing formulas is explained in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+This is a line with an inline formula
+\begin_inset Formula $A=B$
\end_inset
+ in it.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
+\begin_layout Standard
+Displayed formulas appear outside the text like if they were in a separate
+ paragraph, like this one:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+A=B
+\]
\end_inset
-.
+You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
- The entry
-\family sans
-Go
-\begin_inset space ~
+LyX also supports many LaTeX math commands.
+ For example, typing
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+alpha
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Label
-\family default
- sets the cursor before the referenced label.
- This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
+, followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ Typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
\family sans
-Go
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Back
+Panel
\family default
- so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
- You can also go back with the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "bookmark-goto 0"
-\end_inset
-
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can change labels at any time.
- References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
- do not need to take care about this.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Navigating in Formulas
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Navigating
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see two question
- marks in the output instead of the reference.
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-References are described in detail in sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
+The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
+ achieved with the arrow keys.
+ LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
+ The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+ will leave a formula construct (a square root
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+, or parentheses
+\begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
\end_inset
-Referencing Floats
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+, or a matrix
+\begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]$
\end_inset
- of the
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+).
+ Pressing
+\family sans
+Escape
+\family default
+ will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
+
+\family sans
+Tab
+\family default
+ can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
+ cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Table of Contents and other Listings
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Table of contents
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+, printed in this document as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Outline
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:toc"
-
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+This command will appear in the output as an official character denoting
+ the space character (visible space).
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Table of Contents
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
+\end_inset
+, seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
+ characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
+ For this reason, you have to be careful about using
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
\end_inset
+, type
+\series bold
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Table
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-of
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Contents
-\family default
-.
- Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
- If you click on it, the
-\family sans
-Outline
-\family default
- window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
- sections in your documents.
- So this operation is an alternative to the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Outline
-\family default
- that is described in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\backslash
+spce
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+2x+1
+\series default
+ and not
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Navigating"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
-.
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
- If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
- in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+2x
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Short-Titles"
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_inset
-, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
- Section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\backslash
+spce
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
++1
+\series default
+, since in the latter case only the
+\family typewriter
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
+\begin_inset Formula $2x$
+\end_inset
+
+\family default
+ will be under the square root sign:
+\begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
\end_inset
- describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
- listed in the TOC.
- Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:List-of-Figures"
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
+ in, such as:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+\lambda_{1}\\
+ & \ddots\\
+ & & \lambda_{n}
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
\end_inset
+If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
+ in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Selecting Text
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
- You can insert them via the
+You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
+ Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-TOC
+Shift
\family default
- submenus.
- The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
+ and a cursor movement key to select text.
+ It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
+ Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
+ That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
+ but not in a normal text region in LyX.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-URLs and Hyperlinks
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Exponents and Subscripts
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-URLs
+Math ! Exponents
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Hyperlinks
+Math ! Subscripts
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-URLs
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:URLs"
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts (buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-superscript"
+\end_inset
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-subscript"
+\end_inset
+
+), but it is often much easier to use a command.
+ To get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
+, type in a formula
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series default
+.
+ The final
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-URL
+Space
\family default
-.
-\end_layout
+ puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
+ If you type
+\series bold
+x^2y
+\series default
+, you will get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
+, to get
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+x^2
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.lyx.org
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+y
+\series default
+.
+ If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
+ circumflex
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+^
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
- in the style
-\family typewriter
-Typewriter
+, you have to use an extra
+\family sans
+Space
\family default
-.
- To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
- subsection.
+ to separate the circumflex and the character.
+ For example, if you want
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+x^
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\end_inset
+
+a
+\series default
+.
+ Subscripts are similar: To get
+\begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
+\end_inset
+
+, type
+\series bold
+a_1
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Hyperlinks
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Hyperlinks"
+Fractions
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Fractions
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Hyperlink
-\family default
- or with the toolbar button
+Create a fraction either with the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+frac
+\series default
+ or by using the icon
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "href-insert"
+arg "math-insert \\frac"
+\end_inset
+
+ in the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Panel
+\family default
.
- The appearing dialog has two fields:
+ You will be presented with an empty fraction.
+ The cursor is above the fraction line.
+ To move it to the bottom, simply press
\family sans
-Target
+Down
\family default
- and
+.
+ To move back up, press
\family sans
-Name
+Up
\family default
.
- The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
- The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
+ Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
+2 & 3\\
+4 & 5
+\end{array}\right)}\right]
+\]
\end_inset
-, an Email address like this:
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "lyx-docs mailing list"
-target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
-type "mailto:"
-
-\end_inset
-, or a link to a file.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
- add the prefix
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Roots
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family sans
-run:
-\family default
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Roots
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to the link target.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
- and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
- To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
- the text style dialog.
- This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
+Roots can be created using the
\family sans
-\series bold
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-name "LyX's homepage"
-target "http://www.lyx.org"
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Panel
+\family default
+ buttons
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\sqrt"
\end_inset
+ or
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\root"
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ or the commands
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Standard
-The link text color can be changed, when the option
-\family sans
-Color links
-\family default
- is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-PDF Properties
-\family default
-).
- The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
- option
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+sqrt
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+.
+ With the command
+\series bold
+\backslash
+root
+\series default
+ you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
\series bold
-urlcolor=blue
+
+\backslash
+sqrt
\series default
+ always produces a square root.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Operators with Limits
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-to the field
-\family sans
-Additional options
-\family default
- in the PDF Properties dialog.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Sums
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Appendices
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Appendix
+Math ! Integrals
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Appendices"
+name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Appendices are created with the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Start
-\begin_inset space ~
+Sum (
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum$
\end_inset
-Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
+) and integral (
+\begin_inset Formula $\int$
\end_inset
-Here
-\family default
-.
- This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
- as the appendix region.
- The region is marked with a red borderline.
-\end_layout
+) operators are very often decorated with limits.
+ These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
+ a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
+ The sum operator will automatically place its
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
- numbered with a capital Latin letter.
- The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
- and the subsection number.
- All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
- here two examples:
-\end_layout
+limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Appendix
-\begin_inset space ~
+ over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and to the side in inline
+ formulas, as in
+\begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
\end_inset
+, versus
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\sum\nolimits _{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e
+\]
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Credits"
+Integral signs, however, will place the limits to the side in both formula
+ types.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
+ display mode.
+ The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
+ behind the operator and using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-; Appendix
+Limits
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Type
+\family default
+ or entering
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-limits"
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Export"
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Certain other mathematical expressions also have this
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+moving limits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Bibliography
+ feature, such as
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography
+Math ! Limits
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Bibliography"
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),
+\]
\end_inset
+which will place the
+\begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
- You can include a bibliography database,
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Known under the name
+ underneath the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-BibTeX-database
+lim
\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in display mode.
+ In inline formulas it looks like this:
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
+\series bold
- which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
- manually, using the paragraph environment
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-, which was described in section
+\backslash
+lim
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
+reference "sub:Functions"
\end_inset
-.
- If you want anything other than numerical citations that are used in this
- document, like author-year citations, then you must
-\emph on
-
-\emph default
-use a bibliography database.
+ for an explanation of function macros.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-The Bibliography Environment
+Math Symbols
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Symbols
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Within the
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
- environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
- with a number.
- If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
-\family sans
-Key
-\family default
- and a
-\family sans
-Label
-\family default
-.
- The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
- entry.
- For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
- and we used
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-latexcompanion
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-, a short form of its title, as key.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
+Most math symbols can be found in the
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Citation
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
- in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
- The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
- When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
- the reference.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
- entry with surrounding brackets.
- If you set a
+Panel
+\family default
+ under one of several categories; including
\family sans
-Label
+Greek
\family default
- for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
- Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Credits
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at the
+,
\family sans
-LaTeX Companion Second Edition
+Operators
\family default
-:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+,
+\family sans
+Relations
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+Arrows
+\family default
+.
+ There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
+ Society (AMS).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "lyxcredit"
-
+If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
+ you don't have to use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+Panel
+\family default
+; you can type the command directly into the formula.
+ LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
+Altering Spacing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Databases
+Math ! Spaces
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! BibTeX
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You may want to create spaces that differ from the standard spacing that
+ LaTeX provides.
+ To do this, press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "command-alternatives space-insert protected ; math-space"
\end_inset
+ or use the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\space"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
- documents.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+\family default
+.
+ This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
+ For example, the sequence
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-They are also useful simply for keeping a database of articles and notes
- concerning them.
- Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
- and reviews along with bibliographical information.
-\end_layout
+ appears in LyX as
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
\end_inset
- It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
- entries.
- You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
- your working field in a database.
- This database can be used for different documents, and only the entries
- cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography list for
- that document.
- This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
- you have cited.
+.
+ You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
+ the space marker and enter space again several times.
+ With every space enter the size will be changed.
+ Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are negative
+ spaces.
+ Here are two examples:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The database is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 3×
\family sans
-.bib
+Space
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
\end_inset
-, containing the bibliography in a special format.
- The format is explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX-2"
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+a Ctrl+Space b
+\series default
+ and 5×
+\family sans
+Space
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
\end_inset
- and in LaTeX books (
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-).
- The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
- special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
- A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Functions
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
+Math ! Functions
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To use a database, use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\family default
-/
-\family sans
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-BibT
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Functions"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-eX
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Bibliography
-\family default
-.
- A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
- In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
- The option
-\family sans
-Add bibliography to TOC
+Panel
\family default
- adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
- In the
+ contains under the button
\family sans
-Content
-\family default
- drop box you can select whether to include > all the entries in the database
- in the document or just the cited references.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The style file is a text file with the file extension
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\functions"
\end_inset
-\family sans
-.bst
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ a number of function macros, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $\sin$
\end_inset
- that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
- Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
- provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
- layout.
- It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
- for experts.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For information how this is done, have a look at
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\lim$
\end_inset
+,
+\emph on
+etc
+\emph default
+.
+ (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
+\backslash
+sin
+\series default
+ etc.).
+ Standard mathematical practice is that functions are printed upright to
+ avoid confusions, because
+\begin_inset Formula $sin$
+\end_inset
+ does normally mean
+\begin_inset Formula $s\cdot i\cdot n$
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
+
+\begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
\end_inset
+ is different from
+\begin_inset Formula $asinx$
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
+For some mathematical objects, like limits, the macro changes where subscripts
+ are placed, as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
- This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
-es dialog under
-\family sans
-Outputs\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LaT
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Accents
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Accents
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
-{}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
+ mode.
+ This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
+ You can also use LaTeX commands, for example, to enter
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
-eX
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-BibT
+ even if your keyboard doesn't have the circumflex enabled.
+ Our example is entered by typing
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hat
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-{}
+
+\backslash
+spce
\end_layout
\end_inset
-eX
+a
+\series default
+ in a formula.
+ Table
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command
-\family default
- field.
- Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
-
-\family sans
-BibTeX
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "BibTeX"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Accent-names-and"
-.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you select the option
-\family sans
-Sectioned bibliography
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
- This and other options are explained in detail in section
-\emph on
-Customizing Bibliographies
-\emph default
-
-\emph on
-with BibTeX
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual.
+ shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
- the two methods of creating them.
- As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
- only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
- We used the style file
-\family sans
-alphadin.bst
-\family default
- to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Bibliography layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Bibliography ! Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "tab:Accent-names-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Accent names and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
- For this feature you need to enable the option
-\family sans
-Natbib
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Name
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Bibliography
-\family default
-.
- Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
- For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
- in the previous section.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
- in the citation reference window.
- Here an example where we set the text
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Chapter
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+E
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+xample
+\end_layout
-3
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- to appear after the reference:
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Have a look at
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-after "Chapter 3"
-key "latexcompanion"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+circumflex
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+hat
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Index
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index generation
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Index"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+grave
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-An index entry is created if you use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Index
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+grave
+\end_layout
-Entry
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "index-insert"
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- A box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
\end_inset
-\family sans
-Index
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
- The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
- by LyX as the index entry.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
- For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
- of the LaTeX books
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+acute
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+acute
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Index
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
\end_inset
-List
-\family default
-.
- A light blue box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-Index
-\family default
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+umlaut
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
- The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Grouping Index Entries
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+ddot
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Grouping
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
- index.
- We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
- lists under the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Lists
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.
- First we create the entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+tilde
+\end_layout
-Lists
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Lists"
+\backslash
+tilde
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Itemize"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, we insert the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Lists ! Itemize
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+dot
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-and the command
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Lists ! Enumerate
+
+\backslash
+dot
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-for the enumerated list in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Enumerate"
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The exclamation mark
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-!
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- marks the grouping levels.
- You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
- An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
- If we don't have an index entry for
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+breve
+\end_layout
-Lists
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+breve
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Page Ranges
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Page ranges
-\end_layout
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
- section.
- But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
- E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
- in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+caron
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- with the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-Paragraph environments|(
+
+\backslash
+check
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-and another entry at the end of section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LyX-Code"
-
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
\end_inset
- with the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The commands
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-|(
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+macron
+\end_layout
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-|)
-\series default
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+bar
+\end_layout
- respectively start and end the index range.
- You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
- They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
- the pages of the indexed document parts.
- An example is the index entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-Document ! Settings
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Cross referencing
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Cross referencing
+vector
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+\backslash
+vec
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
- We referred for example in the index entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-GIF
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- (in section
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family roman
+\series medium
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\emph off
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Image-Formats"
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-) to the index entry
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Image formats
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- in the same section using the entry
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+
-\series bold
-GIF|see{Image formats}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
- The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
- The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
+You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
+\family sans
+Frame
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+decorations
+\family default
+ symbol set button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\hat"
+\end_inset
+
+ in the math panel; this will apply to any selection you have made within
+ a formula too.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Entry Order
+\begin_layout Section
+Brackets and Delimiters
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Entry order
+Math ! Brackets
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
- then not follow the rules for the index order.
- The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
-\begin_inset Foot
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
- section
-\begin_inset space ~
+Math ! Delimiters
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are several brackets available through LyX.
+ For some purposes, using just the keys
+\family typewriter
+[]{}()|<>
+\family default
+ should suffice.
+ But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
+ or if you have several layers of brackets, it is better to use the math
+ toolbar delimiter icon
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
- doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
- We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+.
+ For example, if you construct the brackets around a matrix in this way:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left[\begin{array}{cc}
+1 & 2\\
+3 & 4
+\end{array}\right]
+\]
-maison
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+it makes it easier to see the layers of parentheses.
+ Below, the expression on the left was entered using the delimiter icon
+
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathdelimiter"
\end_inset
-maïs
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+ and the expression on the right was entered using the
+\family typewriter
+()
+\family default
+ keys.
+
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\qquad\qquad\frac{1}{(1+(\frac{1}{1+(\frac{1}{1+x})}))}
+\]
+
\end_inset
-, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you use the delimiter icon, the parentheses, and other brackets from
+ that menu will automatically re-size to accommodate the size of what is
+ inside.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
+ left side and right side.
+ If you use the option
+\family sans
+Keep
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-maître
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+matched
+\family default
+, the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
+ The selection will be shown as TeX code.
+ If you want one side not to have a bracket, use
+\family sans
+(none)
+\family default
+.
+ It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to place brackets around existing math structures, like a square
+ root, you can do so by first highlighting (selecting) the structure that
+ is to go inside the brackets.
+ Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+.
+ The most common bracket combinations (parentheses, square brackets, and
+ braces, on both sides) can be entered more quickly using keyboard shortcuts.
+ For example, to insert a pair of parentheses, select the structure and
+ enter
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-delim ( )"
\end_inset
.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Arrays and Multi-line Equations
\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maïs
+Math ! Arrays
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maître
+Math ! Matrices
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
\end_inset
- They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
- order maïs, maison, maître.
- To achieve this, we use the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
-previous entry@current entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In our case we want to have
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-maison
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Matrices are entered in LyX using the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- after
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+Panel
+\family default
+ matrix button
+\family sans
-maïs
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show mathmatrix"
\end_inset
- and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-maïs@maison
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
- another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
- an example.
-\end_layout
+\family default
+.
+ It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\left(\begin{array}{ccc}
+1 & 2 & 3\\
+4 & 5 & 6\\
+7 & 8 & 9
+\end{array}\right)
+\]
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
- program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-to generate the index (see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
+reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
\end_inset
-).
-
+.
+ When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
+ will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
+ This alignment is set in the box
\family sans
-makeindex
+Horizontal
\family default
- would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
- sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ with the letters
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Document-Font"
+\family sans
+l
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
- index commands start with
+,
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\series bold
-LaTeX-packages !
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
- To fix this
\family sans
-makeindex
+r
\family default
- bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-let
-\backslash
-OrgIndex
-\backslash
-index
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\series bold
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-renewcommand*{
-\backslash
-index}[1]{
-\backslash
-OrgIndex{#1}}
-\end_layout
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Entry Layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Entry layout
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ LyX proposes a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries !
-\shape italic
-This is an italic dummy entry
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+c
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- You can also format the page number using the character
+ for every column as default.
+ For example, the sequence
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-|
+
+\family sans
+lcr
+\family default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
- We can write for example
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+ means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
+ centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
+ corresponds to the relevant column.
+ The result will look like this:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+\begin{array}{lcr}
+this & this\, column & this\, column\\
+column & has & has\, right\\
+has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment
+\end{array}.
+\]
-\series bold
-italic page number:|textit
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-to get the page number in italic.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can add more rows to an existing matrix by entering
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
- Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
- case
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series bold
-|command
-\series default
+ while the cursor is in the matrix.
+ Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math
+\family default
+ or the math toolbar.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
+ It can be created with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cases
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- means
+Environment
+\family default
+ or the command
\series bold
\backslash
-command{page
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-number}
+cases
\series default
.
- Have a look at section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+-1 & x<0\\
+0 & x=0\\
+1 & x>0
+\end{cases}
+\]
\end_inset
- to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Multi-line formulas are created when you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-to generate the index, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ within a formula.
+ In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
+ column.
+ When you press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
+ in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Index-Program"
+=
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ etc.) will be inserted automatically in the first column, the relation sign
+ is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
+ A new row is created by every further entry of
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "newline-insert newline"
\end_inset
.
- If you use
-\family sans
-xindy
-\family default
-, however, this won't work for anything other than bold or italic text.
- This is because xindy requires you
-\change_deleted 5863208 1304031984
-
-\change_unchanged
- to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-after "p. 678 ff."
-key "latexcompanion"
+ Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
+a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}
+\end{eqnarray}
\end_inset
- for details.
-\end_layout
+Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs so structures
+ in this column will be printed in a smaller size:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray*}
+\frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}
+\end{eqnarray*}
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
- above.
- Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
- Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
- Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
- the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
- If so, put the following in the preamble
-\end_layout
+The multi-line formula type described here is called
+\family typewriter
+\series medium
+eqnarray
+\family default
+\series default
+.
+ There are other multi-line types more suitable for certain situations,
+ for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:asquared"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
+.
+ The other types are described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-IndexDef}[1]{
-\backslash
-textit{#1}}
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-and write
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-my entry|IndexDef
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-in the index entry.
+\begin_layout Section
+Formula Numbering and Referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
-status open
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
- The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
- insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
- change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
+Math ! Formula numbering
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also change the layout for the whole index.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
- for all index entries.
- For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
-\emph on
-Index Style File
-\emph default
-, see the
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-xindy
-\family default
- documentation for details,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "makeindex,xindy"
-
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Index Program
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Index ! Program
+Math ! Referencing formulas
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Index-Program"
+name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If the index entry program
-\family sans
-xindy
-\family default
- is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-Makeindex
-\family default
- is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
- that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
- So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
- We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
- However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
- to use
+To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
\family sans
-xindy
-\family default
-.
-\end_layout
-
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Number
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
- dialog, see section
+Whole
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
-
+Formula
+\family default
+ or the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
.
- The available options are listed and explained in
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "makeindex,xindy"
+ The formula number appears in LyX within parentheses.
+ The number shown is temporary and may be different when the output is generated.
+ The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
+ the document class.
+ In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
+ separated by a dot:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{equation}
+1+1=2
+\end{equation}
\end_inset
-.
- In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
- the index.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
- given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
-or the options in
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Indexes
-\family default
-.
- This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
- to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
-\end_layout
+Using
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Multiple Indexes
+ in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
+ You can only number displayed formulas.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In many fields, it is common to have more than one index.
- For instance, you might need to set up a separate
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Index of Names
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- next to the standard index.
- LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are many
- packages that add this feature.
- LyX uses the
-\series bold
-splitidx
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Number
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
-\end_layout
+This
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Line
+\family default
+ or the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-line-toggle"
\end_inset
- package to generate multiple indexes.
- The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
- If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX Catalogue,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
+ will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+1 & = & 3-2\\
+2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
+4 & \leq & 7
+\end{eqnarray}
+
+\end_inset
+To number all lines use the shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "math-number-toggle"
\end_inset
.
- Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
- includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
- Please consult the package's manual for details.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Indexes
-\family default
- and select
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-Use multiple Indexes
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
+ A label is inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Label
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
-.
- Note that the list of
+) when the cursor is in the formula.
+ This opens a dialog to enter the label.
+ It is recommended that you use the suggested
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Available Indexes
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- below already contains the standard index.
- To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
- also appear as a heading) to the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+eq:
+\family default
-New
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- input field and press the
+ as the first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the
+ label type when you have many labels in your document.
+ We inserted in the following example the label
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Add
+eq:tanhExp
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- button.
- The new index should now appear in the list as well.
- If you like, you can attribute an alternative label color to the new index
- by selecting the index in the list and hitting the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Alter Color\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+ in the second line:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\begin{eqnarray}
+\tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
+ & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}
+\end{eqnarray}
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- button.
- The label color may help you to differentiate index entries of different
- indexes in the LyX work area.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
- list in
+Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
+ Therefore the label is shown behind the formula number.
+ You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-List
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-/
+Cross
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-TOC
-\family default
- and the
-\family sans
-Insert
+Reference
\family default
- menu has a separate index entry for each of the defined indexes.
- The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
- are some additional features:
-\end_layout
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Itemize
-If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
- on the entry will open a dialog where you can do that.
+).
+ A dialog appears to choose a label you want to refer to.
+ The reference appears in LyX as a gray cross-reference box and in the output
+ as the formula number:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
- Furthermore, you can specify an index list to be a
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Subindex
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a cross-reference to equation (
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
-.
- If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g., if you use a book class, where the standard index heading is defined
- as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can thus be nested
- to the non-subindexes.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Nomenclature / Glossary
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature
+).
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Glossary|see
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-{
+.
+ To delete a label, set the cursor at the end in the labeled formula and
+ press
+\family sans
+Del
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-Nomenclature
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Section
+User defined math macros
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
+Math ! Macros
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX allows you to define macros for formulas which is very useful when you
+ have equations of the same form in a document several times.
+ Math macros are explained in section
+\emph on
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Nomenclature"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+Macros
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
- document with a brief explanation of them – a so called nomenclature or
- glossary.
+\begin_layout Section
+Fine-Tuning
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
-\series bold
-nomencl
-\series default
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Typefaces
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
+Math ! Typefaces
\end_layout
\end_inset
- installed.
- You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
-
-\end_inset
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
- and then use the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-
-\family default
-N
+The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
+ To set a font in a formula, use the
\family sans
-omenclature
+Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Entry
+Panel
\family default
- or the toolbar button
+ button
+\family sans
+
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "nomencl-insert"
+arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
-.
- A gray box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\family default
+, or enter its command, listed in table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\family sans
-Nom
-\family default
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
- The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
- The second is the description of the symbol.
+, directly.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+\begin_inset Float table
+wide false
+sideways false
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "tab:Typefaces-and-the"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenclature Definition and Layout
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Layout
+Font
\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Command
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
-\family sans
-Symbol
-\family default
- field as LaTeX-formulas.
- For example to get
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-, insert this:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
\series bold
-$
-\backslash
-sigma$
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-\series default
-The
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+mathrm
+\end_layout
-$
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- character starts/ends the formula.
- The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
- with a backslash
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
\end_inset
-\backslash
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-.
- For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
- like
\series bold
\backslash
-Sigma
-\series default
-.
+mathbf
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
\end_inset
-.)
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You cannot use the
-\family sans
-Text
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-Style
-\family default
- dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
- For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+mathit
+\end_layout
- in this document is:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-dummy entry for the character
-\backslash
-textsf{sigma}
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\shape up
+\size normal
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
\end_inset
-The command
-\series bold
-\backslash
-textsf
-\series default
- sets the fonts to
-\family sans
-sans
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-serif
-\family default
-.
- To get
-\series bold
-bold
-\series default
- font use the command
-\series bold
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-\backslash
-textbf
-\series default
-, for
-\family typewriter
-typewriter
-\family default
- use
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\backslash
-texttt
-\series default
-, for
-\emph on
-emphasized
-\emph default
- use
\series bold
\backslash
-emph
-\series default
-.
+mathtt
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Sort order
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
- the symbol definition.
- This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
- Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
-\emph on
-a
-\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
-LatexCommand nomenclature
-symbol "a"
-description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
-
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\emph default
- and
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
-\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
-LatexCommand nomenclature
-prefix "sigma"
-symbol "$\\sigma$"
-description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
+\backslash
+mathbb
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-.
- They will be sorted by
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
\end_inset
-\family sans
-a
-\family default
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
-\family typewriter
-$
\backslash
-sigma$
-\family default
+mathfrak
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
- – the
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- will be sorted before the
+\shape up
+\size normal
\emph on
-a
-\emph default
- since the character
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\bar no
+\noun off
+\color none
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
\end_inset
-$
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- is considered in sorting.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To control the sort order, you can edit the
-\family sans
-Sort
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+mathcal
+\end_layout
-as
-\family default
- field of the nomenclature dialog.
- Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
- definition.
- For the example given, you can insert
-\family typewriter
-sigma
-\family default
- in this field for the
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
-, then
-\emph on
-a
-\emph default
- will be located before
-\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
\end_inset
-.
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\series bold
-nomencl
-\series default
- documentation,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "nomencl"
+
+\backslash
+mathsf
+\end_layout
\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
-.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenclature Options
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Options
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
\series bold
-nomencl
+Note:
\series default
- package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
- Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
+ You can only print capital letters in the typefaces
+\family sans
+Blackboard
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Calligraphic
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-refeq Appends the phrase
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
+ Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
+ Pressing
\family sans
-, see equation (
-\emph on
-eq
-\emph default
-)
+Space
\family default
+ within the box will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a protected
+ space when you need a space in the box.
+ Here is an example where
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+N
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- to every nomenclature entry, where
+ in
\family sans
-\emph on
-eq
+Blackboard
\family default
-\emph default
- is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
-\end_layout
+ denotes the set of numbers:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}
+\]
-\begin_layout Description
-refpage Appends the phrase
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
+ You can, for example, put a character in
\family sans
-, page (
-\emph on
-page
-\emph default
-)
+Fraktur
\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- to every nomenclature entry, where
+ in a box for
\family sans
-\emph on
-page
+Typewriter
\family default
-\emph default
- is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
-\end_layout
+:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-There are furthermore the options
-\series bold
-croatian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-danish
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-english
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-french
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-german
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-italian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-polish
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-portuguese
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-russian
-\series default
-,
-\series bold
-spanish
-\series default
-, and
-\series bold
-ukrainian
-\series default
- to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
- language.
+So it is better not to use this feature.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
- class options list in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog.
- In this document the option
+The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+You can only print them emboldened using the command
\series bold
-intoc
+
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
\series default
- is used.
+, which works like the other typeface commands:
+\begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+\backslash
+boldsymbol
+\series default
+ works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
- entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
-
+A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
\family sans
-Description
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Style
\family default
- field in the nomenclature dialog:
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Math Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-nomrefeq Like the
-\series bold
-refeq
-\series default
- option
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Text
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-nomrefpage Like the
-\series bold
-refpage
-\series default
- option
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
+Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
+ not for text.
+ For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
+ the entry
+\family sans
+Normal
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-nomrefeqpage Short notation of
-\series bold
+text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-nomrefeq
-\backslash
-nomrefpage
-\end_layout
+mode
+\family default
+ of the
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
+Panel
+\family default
+ button
+\family sans
-\backslash
-nomnorefeq,
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\font"
\end_inset
-\backslash
-nomnorefpage,
-\begin_inset space ~
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "font-default"
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
+ You can use spaces and accents in math text as in normal text.
+ Here is an example:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+f(x)=\begin{cases}
+x & \mbox{if I say so}\\
+-x & \mbox{under Umständen}
+\end{cases}
+\]
+
\end_inset
-\backslash
-nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Printing the Nomenclature
+Font Sizes
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Printing
+Math ! Font sizes
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To print the nomenclature, use the menu
+There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
+ automatically chosen in most situations.
+ These are called
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+scriptstyle
+\family default
+, and
+\family sans
+scriptscriptstyle
+\family default
+.
+ For most characters,
+\family sans
+textstyle
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+ are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
+ and certain other structures, are set larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
+\family default
+.
+ Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
+ situations, all text will be set in the styles that LaTeX thinks are appropriat
+e.
+ These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Lists
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-/
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "math-insert \\style"
\end_inset
-TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Nomenclature
+
\family default
.
- A light blue box labeled
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+ A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
+ For example, you can set
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
\end_inset
-
+, which is normally in
\family sans
-Nomenclature
+textstyle
+\family default
+, larger in
+\family sans
+displaystyle
\family default
+:
+\begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+.
+ The four styles are used in the following example:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
\end_inset
- will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
- Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
+\end_inset
+
+,
+\begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
+All these math-mode font sizes are relative so that if the whole math inset
+ is set in a particular size with the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Style
+\family default
+, all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
+ Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
+ will be adjusted to correspond.
+ As an example here is a formula in the font size
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Nomenclature
+largest
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
- If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
- command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-nomname
-\series default
- in the preamble.
- For example, in order to change the name to
-\emph on
-List of Symbols
-\emph default
-, add the following line to the preamble:
+:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family roman
-\series bold
+\size largest
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-nomname}{List of Symbols}
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+AMS-LaTeX
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+AMS math
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! AMS
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
- by adding the following line to the preamble:
+LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
+ (AMS) that are in common use.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-nomlabelwidth}{width}
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Enabling AMS-Support
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
-\family roman
-where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
+You can make the facilities of the AMS-packages explicitly available in
+ the document by selecting the checkbox
+\family sans
+Use
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
-
+AMS
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
- The default value is 1
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+math
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-cm.
-\end_layout
+package
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Nomenclature Program
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Nomenclature ! Program
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Options
+\family default
+.
+ AMS is needed for many math-constructs; so when you get LaTeX-errors in
+ formulas, ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+AMS-Formula Types
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
+name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Math ! Multi-line Equations
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX uses the program
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
-, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
- LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
-
-\family sans
-makeindex
-\family default
- by adding options, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
-
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
+ LyX allows you to choose between
+\family typewriter
+align
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+alignat
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+flalign
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+gather
+\family default
+, and
+\family typewriter
+multline
+\family default
.
- The available options are listed and explained in
+ We refer you to the AMS-documentation,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "nomencl,makeindex"
+key "AMS"
\end_inset
-.
+, for an explanation of these formula types.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Branches
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Branches
+\begin_layout Chapter
+More Tools
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Section
+Cross-References
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Branches
+Cross references
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Branches"
+name "sec:Cross-References"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
- For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
- pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
- document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
+One of LyX's strengths is cross-references.
+ You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
+ the document.
+ To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
+ The label is used as an anchor and a name for the reference.
+ We want for example to refer to the second item of the following list:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
- The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
- To create a branch, either select the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Insert New Branch
-\family default
- (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog to
-\family sans
-Branches
-\family default
-, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
- state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
- its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
- be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
- (see below for an example).
- Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
- to the name of the other) and to add
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+First item
+\end_layout
-unknown branches
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "enu:Second-item"
- (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-e.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Second item
+\end_layout
-branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
-, without having being defined) to the document's branch list.
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Third item
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
- These boxes are inserted via the menu
+First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Branch
+Label
\family default
- where you can choose a branch.
- You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
- on them.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
- is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Question
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
-\end_layout
-
+ or by pressing the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "label-insert"
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Answer
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
-\end_layout
+.
+ A gray label box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/labelQt4.png
+ scale 85
\end_inset
+ is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
+ LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
+ the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you activate
-\family sans
-Filename Suffix
-\family default
- in
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Branches
+enu:Second-item
\family default
-, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
- Consider for example a file
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-Exam.lyx
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- which has the above branches.
- If
+.
+ The prefix
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Filename Suffix
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- is active, the PDF export file would be called
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+enu:
+\family default
-Exam.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- if both the
+ stands for
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Question
+enumerate
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and
+.
+ The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted; for
+ example, if you insert a label into a section heading, the suggested prefix
+ will be
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Answer
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- branch were inactive,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+sec:
+\family default
-Exam-Question.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- if only the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
-Question
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_layout Standard
+To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset ref"
\end_inset
- branch was active, likewise
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+.
+ A gray cross-reference box like this:
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
+ scale 85
-Exam-Answer.pdf
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- if only the
+ is inserted and the cross-reference window appears showing all the labels
+ in the document.
+ We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Answer
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
- branch was active, and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\family sans
+enu:Second-item
+\family default
-Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- if both branches were active.
- This helps you to easily export different versions of your document without
- much hassle.
+.
+ At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
+ in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+As an alternative to
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Cross-Reference
+\family default
+, you can right-click on a label and in the popup menu select
+\family sans
+Copy as Reference
+\family default
+.
+ The cross-reference to this label is now in the clipboard and can be pasted
+ to the actual cursor position via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paste
+\family default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "paste"
\end_inset
-
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
- like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
- branch.
- For example you can define for the question branch
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
+Here is our cross-reference: Item
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\end_layout
+reference "enu:Second-item"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+It is recommended to use a protected space
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{#1}
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Protected-Space"
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{}
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-and for the answer branch
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{}
+ between the cross-reference name and the cross-reference to avoid ugly
+ line breaks between them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+There are six formats of cross-references:
+\end_layout
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>: prints the number, this is the default:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{#1}
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Question
-status open
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Description
+(<reference>): prints the number within two parentheses, this is the style
+ normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference name
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Equation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{#1}
-\end_layout
+ is omitted:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand eqref
+reference "eq:tanhExp"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+<page>: prints the page number: Page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand pageref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Branch Answer
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status open
+\begin_layout Description
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+<page>: prints the text “on page” and the page number:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand vpageref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-question}[1]{}
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-newcommand{
-\backslash
-answer}[1]{#1}
+If the label is on the same page, it prints “on this page”; if the label
+ is on a facing page in a two-sided document, it prints “on the facing page”;
+ if it is on the previous page which is not a facing page, it prints “on
+ the previous page”; if it is on the next page which is not a facing page,
+ it prints “on the next page”.
+ The wording of the printed text also depends on the used document class.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+<reference>
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+<page>: prints the number, the text “on page” and the page number:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand vref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Now it is possible to use the commands
+If the label is on the same page, this format behaves like
+\family sans
\series bold
-
-\backslash
-question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-}
+<reference>
+\family default
\series default
- and
+; otherwise it behaves like
+\family sans
\series bold
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
-}
-\series default
- to obtain conditional output.
- Here is an example formula where only the
-\series bold
+page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-question
+<page>
+\family default
\series default
- part appears:
-\begin_inset Formula
-\[
-x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
-\]
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Formatted
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
-
-\emph on
-Math
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-PDF Properties
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:PDF-Properties"
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-PDF properties
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-Document Settings
-\family default
- dialog allows you in the
-\family sans
-PDF Properties
-\family default
- to set up special options for the PDF output of your document.
- All options there are provided by the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-hyperref
-\series default
-
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
+ installed.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Using
-\series bold
-hyperref
-\series default
- will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
- This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
- table of contents entry or on a reference and he is shown the referenced
- document part.
- You can specify in the dialog tab
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+You can select which LaTeX-package should be used for this feature by setting
+ the option
\family sans
-Hyperlinks
+Use refstyle (not prettyref) for cross-references
\family default
- how the links will look like and if links for bibliographical backreferences
- are created.
- The backreferences will appear in the bibliography behind the different
- entries, showing the number of the section, slide, or page where the entry
- is referenced.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-In the dialog tab
+ in the menu
\family sans
-Bookmarks
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document Class
\family default
- you can set if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of your
- document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
- You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
- or not.
- With the open bookmarks level you can specify what sectioning level should
- be displayed in the bookmarks when opening the PDF.
- For example level
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+.
+ The package
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ is the default and preferred because
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+ supports only English documents.
+ The format is specified by using the command
+\series bold
-2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
-\begin_inset space ~
+\backslash
+newrefformat
+\series default
+ (prettyref) or
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newref
+\series default
+ (refstyle) in the LaTeX preamble of the document.
+ For example redefining all references to figures (which have the label
+ shortcut
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-1 will only display the sections.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The header information in the dialog tab
\family sans
-General
+fig
\family default
- are saved together with the PDF as file properties.
- Many programs are able to extract this information to e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-automatically recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
- This is very useful to sort, classify, or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
- When the option
-\family sans
-Automatic fill header
-\family default
- is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
- title and author settings.
-\end_layout
+) can be done with this command
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The option
-\family sans
-Load in fullscreen mode
-\family default
- will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-PDF properties are also used in this document.
- When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
-
\series bold
-hyperref
+
+\backslash
+newref{fig}{refcmd={Image on page
+\backslash
+pageref{#1}}}
\series default
- options are used.
- For an explanation of them we refer you to the hyperref manual
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+For more information about the format, have a look at the package documentations
+,
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "hyperref"
+key "prettyref,refstyle"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:TeX-Code"
+\begin_layout Description
+Textual
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+reference: prints the caption or the name of the reference:
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand nameref
+reference "fig:Two-distorted-images"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-TeX Code Boxes
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_layout Standard
+The number and current page of the referenced document part in the output
+ is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
+ The varieties are adjusted in the field
+\family sans
+Format
+\family default
+ of the cross-reference window, that appears when you click on the cross-referen
+ce.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TeX Code
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can only use the style
+\family sans
+<reference>
+\family default
+ to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
+\family sans
+<page>
+\family default
+ is always possible.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading;
+ for floats put the label in the caption; for footnotes put the label in
+ it.
+ Referencing formulas is explained in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
- constructs, but not all.
- LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
- All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
- This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
- is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
- But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
- commands.
-\end_layout
+Right-clicking on a cross-reference opens a context menu.
+ The entry
+\family sans
+Go
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
- TeX Code box.
- A TeX Code box is created by the menu
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Label
+\family default
+ sets the cursor before the referenced label.
+ This entry will be renamed in the context menu of the label to
\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-TeX
+Go
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Code
+Back
\family default
- or by the toolbar button
+ so that you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
+ You can also go back with the toolbar button
\begin_inset Info
type "icon"
-arg "ert-insert"
+arg "bookmark-goto 0"
\end_inset
.
- The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
- it.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
- Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
- For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
- using the LaTeX-command
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fbox
-\series default
-, you can write the command part
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-fbox{
-\series default
- in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
-\series bold
-}
-\series default
- in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
- The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
- the following example:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/ERT.png
- scale 89
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+You can change labels at any time.
+ References to the changed label will automatically be updated so that you
+ do not need to think about this.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-gives
+If a cross-reference refers to a non-existent label, you will see in LyX
+ “BROKEN” in the cross-reference label and two question marks in the output
+ instead of the reference.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is a line with a
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-fbox{
-\end_layout
-
+References are described in detail in the section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-framed
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- word.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
- to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
-\end_layout
-
+Referencing Floats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
-\begin_inset Argument
+\begin_layout Section
+Table of Contents and other Listings
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The LaTeX Syntax
+Table of contents
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX Syntax
+Outline
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+name "sec:toc"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
- about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
- Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-program
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Table of Contents
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
- your text.
- This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
- any time if you know the right commands.
- E.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is the
- end of the day.
- Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
- all caption labels bold.
- But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
- in your manual.
- Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
- day.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Now LaTeX comes into play.
- As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
- First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
- database,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "Catalogue"
-
+The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-As result you know that the package
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! caption
-\end_layout
-
+of
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- is what you need.
- To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
+Contents
+\family default
+.
+ It is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
+ If you click on it, the
+\family sans
+Outline
+\family default
+ window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline, which allows you
+ to move and rearrange sections in your documents.
+ So this operation is an alternative to the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+Outline
\family default
-) with the command
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
+ that is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-usepackage[options]{package name}
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:The-Outliner"
-\begin_layout Standard
-All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
- two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
- Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-In your case the package name is
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
.
- After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
-
-\series bold
-labelfont=bf
-\series default
- will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
- So you add the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
+The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
+ If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
+ in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-to the preamble and the problem is solved.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-For more commands provided by the
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
- package, have a look at its documentation,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "caption"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Short-Titles"
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
+, it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
+ Section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
- like your case.
- For example if you use a
-\family sans
-KOMA-Script
-\family default
- class, you don't need the package
-\series bold
-caption
-\series default
-, you can instead write
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setkomafont{captionlabel}{
-\backslash
-bfseries}
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-in the preamble and the problem is solved.
- So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
- documentation of the document class you want to use.
- (
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-setkomafont
-\series default
- is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
- text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
- argument.
- To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
- the previous section.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
- LaTeX-books
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
\end_inset
-.
+ describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
+ listed in the TOC.
+ Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
+\begin_layout Subsection
+List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:List-of-Figures"
+
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
+Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
+ You can insert them via the
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List/TOC
+\family default
+ submenus.
+ The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+URLs and Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-pagestyle{fancy}
+URLs
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
+Hyperlinks
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Left Header
-\begin_inset Argument
-status open
+\begin_layout Subsection
+URLs
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:URLs"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+URL
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset ERT
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
+\begin_inset Flex URL
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\backslash
-rightmark
+http://www.lyx.org
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-defines the header line as described below
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
+ in the style
+\family typewriter
+Typewriter
+\family default
+.
+ To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
+ subsection.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Center Header
-\begin_inset Argument
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Right Header
-\begin_inset Argument
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-leftmark
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Hyperlinks
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Hyperlinks"
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Hyperlink
+\family default
+ or with the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "href-insert"
\end_inset
+.
+ The appearing dialog has two fields:
+\family sans
+Target
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Name
+\family default
+.
+ The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
+ The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "http://www.lyx.org"
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Left Footer
-\begin_inset Argument
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+, an Email address like this:
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "lyx-docs mailing list"
+target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
+type "mailto:"
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-thepage
+, or a link to a file.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink by
+ adding the prefix
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+run:
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+ to the link target.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Center Footer
-\begin_inset Argument
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
+ and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
+ To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
+ the text style dialog.
+ This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
\family sans
\series bold
-\color red
-LyX's user guide
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-Magic code:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "LyX's homepage"
+target "http://www.lyx.org"
-\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Right Footer
-\begin_inset Argument
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\end_layout
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+The link text color can be changed, when the option
+\family sans
+Color links
+\family default
+ is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PDF Properties
+\family default
+).
+ The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
+ option
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-
-\backslash
-Roman{page}
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+urlcolor=blue
+\series default
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-
+to the field
+\family sans
+Additional options
+\family default
+ in the PDF Properties dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Customized Page Headers and Footers
+Appendices
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Header/Footer line
+Appendix
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Header/Footer line
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Appendices"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To define custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
- to set the headings style to
-\family sans
-Fancy
-\family default
- in the
+Appendices are created with the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog under
-\family sans
-Page
+Start
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Layout
-\family default
-.
- As second step add in the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Modules
-\family default
- the module
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Custom Header/Footerlines
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+Appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Here
+\family default
.
- This module offers the 6
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+ This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
+ as the appendix part of the book.
+ This part is marked with a red borderline.
+\end_layout
-styles
+\begin_layout Standard
+Every chapter (or section) within the appendix part is treated as an appendix,
+ numbered with a capital Latin letter.
+ The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
+ and the subsection number.
+ All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
+ here two examples:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Left
+\begin_layout Standard
+Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Header,
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Center
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "chap:Credits"
+
\end_inset
-Header,
+; Appendix
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
+
\end_inset
-Header
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Left
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Section
+Bibliography
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-Footer,
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography
+\end_layout
-Center
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Footer,
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Bibliography"
+
\end_inset
-Footer
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-for the different positions in the header/footer.
+There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
+ You can include a bibliography database,
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Known under the name
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+BibTeX-database
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Normally, headers and footers are set up in the beginning of the document.
- but you can change them anywhere you want to.
- Figure
+\end_inset
+
+ which is explained in the next subsection, or you can insert the bibliography
+ manually, using the paragraph environment
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+, which was described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "fig:Page-layout"
+reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
\end_inset
- shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
+.
+ If you want anything other than the numerical citations that are used in
+ this document, like author-year citations, then you must
+\emph on
+
+\emph default
+use a bibliography database.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float figure
-placement h
-wide false
-sideways false
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\noindent
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
-<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Left Header
+\begin_layout Subsection
+The Bibliography Environment
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Within the
+\family sans
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
+ with a number.
+ If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
+\family sans
+Key
+\family default
+ and a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+.
+ The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
+ entry.
+ For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
+ and we used
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Center Header
-\end_layout
+latexcompanion
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Right Header
+, a short form of its title, as the key.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can cross-reference a bibliography entry using the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Citation
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show-new-inset citation"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+ A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
+ containing the available citations.
+ Select one or more keys from the list and
+\family sans
+Add
+\family default
+ them.
+ Then press
+\family sans
+OK
+\family default
+.
+ The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key(s).
+ If you click on the box, the citation window will appear and you can change
+ the reference.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Citation references appear in the output as the number of the bibliography
+ entry with surrounding brackets.
+ If you set a
+\family sans
+Label
+\family default
+ for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
+ Here are two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Credits
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Have a look at the
+\family sans
+LaTeX Companion Second Edition
+\family default
+:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The normal text on the page goes here.
- The running header is above thel text, and the footer is below (including
- footnotes).
- Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
- the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "lyxcredit"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To align all entries in the bibliography environment you can set a longest
+ label via the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Paragraph
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings
+\family default
+ (toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "layout-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+).
+ All entries are then indented in the output by the width of the given label.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Bibliography ! Databases
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography ! BibTeX
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Left Footer
+
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
+ documents.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Center Footer
+They are also useful for keeping a database of articles and notes concerning
+ them.
+ Most of the database programs mentioned below allow you to store annotations
+ and reviews along with bibliographical information.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Right Footer
+ It also makes it very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
+ entries.
+ You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
+ your working field in a database.
+ This database can be used for different documents, and by default only
+ the entries cited in a particular document will appear in the bibliography
+ list for that document.
+ This relieves you of the need to keep track of which articles and books
+ you have cited.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The database is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "fig:Page-layout"
+\family sans
+.bib
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Page layout with custom header and footer line.
-\end_layout
+, containing the bibliography in a special format.
+ The format is explained in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "BibTeX-2"
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
+ and in the LaTeX books (
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
\end_inset
+).
+ The file can be created using any text editor, but normally one uses a
+ special program to create and edit the entries in the database.
+ A list of such programs is maintained on the LyX Wiki at
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Definition
+http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To define your header line, add all 3
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-header styles.
- The things you add to the styles appear on uneven pages, the things in
- the optional arguments on even pages.
- For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
- can be omitted.
- If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
- Defining the footer line works similar.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
- as TeX-code (menu
+To use a database, use the menu
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Te
+List
+\family default
+/
+\family sans
+TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+BibT
\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\end_inset
-X
+eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Code
+Bibliography
\family default
-):
+.
+ A gray box will be inserted and a window appears.
+ In this window you can add one or more databases and select a
+\family sans
+style
+\family default
+ file.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Add bibliography to TOC
+\family default
+ adds a table of contents entry for the bibliography.
+ In the
+\family sans
+Content
+\family default
+ drop box you can select whether to include all the entries in the database
+ in the document or just the cited references.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\begin_layout Standard
+The style file is a text file with the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-thepage prints the current page number
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\family sans
+.bst
+\family default
-\backslash
-Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
+ that controls how the bibliography entries will appear.
+ Your LaTeX distribution should provide several of these, and many publishers
+ provide their own style files, so that you don't have to take care of the
+ layout.
+ It is of course possible to write your own style file, but this is something
+ for experts.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For information on how this is done, have a look at
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
-\backslash
-leftmark prints the current section number and title.
- If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
- title instead.
- It is called
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxhak.pdf"
-leftmark
-\begin_inset Quotes prd
\end_inset
- because it usually goes in a left header.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+
-\backslash
-rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
- If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
- title instead.
- It is normally used in the right header.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Default header/footer
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserting a citation reference works as described in the previous section.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
- The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
- footer has the page number.
- In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
- relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
- So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
+To generate the bibliography from a database, LyX uses the program BibTeX.
+ You can choose which of its variants should be used by LyX as the
\family sans
-Center
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Footer
+Processor
\family default
- style.
-\end_layout
+ either in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ or in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Appearance
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
- Some pages are different.
- The title page has a style of its own, and so has any page that starts
- a new part or chapter in your book.
- Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
- There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
- the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Header and footer decoration line
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\family default
+.
+ The following variants are possible:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-By default, you get a 0.4
+\begin_layout Description
+biber provides full Unicode support, unlimited memory, but does not work
+ with other bibliography packages (e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
- This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
-\series bold
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-headrulewidth
+
+\series bold
+natbib
\series default
- and
+), only with the package
\series bold
-
-\backslash
-footrulewidth
+biblatex
\series default
- in the following scheme:
+; recommended for multilingual texts and for languages that don't use Latin
+ letters
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex the standard; does not allow special characters in bibliography entries
+ that are not possible to encode in a 7-bit encoding, limited memory, works
+ with all bibliography packages, except
\series bold
-
-\backslash
-renewcommand{
-\backslash
-headrulewidth}{thickness}
+biblatex
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Where thickness is a size in standard units like
-\family sans
-pt
-\family default
- or
+\begin_layout Description
+bibtex8 allows all characters that are possible to encode in an 8-bit encoding,
+ larger memory than
\family sans
-mm
+bibtex
\family default
-.
- If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-pt.
+, works with all bibliography packages
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
- If you really need this, have a look in the Internet or in sec.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-4.4 of the book
+BibTeX can be controlled with options that you can add below the specification
+ of the variants.
+ Before adding options, it is strongly recommended that you read the manual
+ of
+\family sans
+BibTeX
+\family default
+
\begin_inset CommandInset citation
LatexCommand cite
-key "Mittelbach"
+key "BibTeX"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Several header/footer lines
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you select the option
+\family sans
+Sectioned bibliography
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Bibliography
+\family default
+ dialog, it is possible to have multiple and sectioned bibliographies.
+ This and other options are explained in detail in section
+\emph on
+Customizing Bibliographies
+\emph default
+
+\emph on
+with BibTeX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In case that you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can
- do this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
- However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
- text line.
- To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
-\series bold
+We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
+ the two methods of creating them.
+ As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
+ only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
+ We used the style file
+\family sans
+alphadin.bst
+\family default
+ to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
+\end_layout
-\backslash
-headheight
-\series default
- or
-\series bold
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Bibliography layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-footheight
-\series default
- in this scheme in your document preamble:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Bibliography ! Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-\backslash
-setlength{
-\backslash
-headheight}{height}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Where height is a size in standard units.
- If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
- your header/footer and preview your document as PDF.
- Then open the LaTeX logfile via the menu
+In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
+ For this feature you need to enable the option
+\family sans
+Natbib
+\family default
+ in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-La
-\begin_inset ERT
+Settings
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
\end_inset
-TeX Log
-\family default
- and look via the button
+ dialog under
\family sans
-Next
-\begin_inset space ~
+Bibliography
+\family default
+.
+ Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
+ For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
+ in the previous section.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also set text to appear before or after a citation reference, in
+ the citation reference window.
+ Here is an example where the text
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Warning
-\family default
- if you find a warning of the package
-\series bold
-fancyhdr
-\series default
+Chapter
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+3
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
+ appears after the reference:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Have a look at
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+after "Chapter 3"
+key "latexcompanion"
+
\end_inset
.
- If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
- for your header/footer.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-This example
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Index
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Standard
-This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
- Don't use it for yor document as it is just an example.
- This example consists of the following definition:
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index generation
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Left
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Header
-\series bold
-\backslash
-rightmark
-\series default
-, empty optional argument
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Index"
-\begin_layout Description
-Center
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Header empty, empty optional argument
+
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Right
+\begin_layout Standard
+An index entry is created if you use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Header empty,
-\series bold
+Entry
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "index-insert"
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-leftmark
-\series default
- in the optional argument
+.
+ A box is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
+ The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
+ by LyX as the index entry.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Left
+\begin_layout Standard
+The index list is inserted in the document with the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Index
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Footer empty,
-\series bold
-
-\backslash
-thepage
-\series default
- in the optional argument
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Description
-Center
-\begin_inset space ~
+List
+\family default
+.
+ A light blue box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Footer
+
\family sans
-\series bold
-\color red
-LyX's user guide
+Index
\family default
-\series default
-\color inherit
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Magic code:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+ will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
+ The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
+ For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
+ of the LaTeX books
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
+
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Grouping Index Entries
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index ! Grouping
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in the optional argument
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Right
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Standard
+Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
+ index.
+ We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
+ lists under the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Footer
-\series bold
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-Roman{page}
-\series default
-, empty optional argument
-\end_layout
+.
+ First we create the entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Description
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\backslash
-headrulewidth set to 2
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+ in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-pt
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except of
- floats.
- For more special things like e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Lists"
+
\end_inset
-g.
+.
+ In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-thumb-indexes, see the manual of the
-\series bold
-fancyhdr
-\series default
- package,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "fancyhdr"
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Itemize"
\end_inset
-.
+, we insert the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Newpage clearpage
-\end_inset
-
+\series bold
+Lists ! Itemize
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+and the command
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
-\backslash
-pagestyle{headings}
+\series bold
+Lists ! Enumerate
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+for the enumerated list in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Enumerate"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-switches back to page style with the default headings
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The exclamation mark
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+!
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Previewing Snippets of your Document
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
+ marks the grouping levels.
+ You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
+ An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
+ If we don't have an index entry for
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Lists
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+, it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Page Ranges
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Instant preview
+Index ! Page ranges
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Preview
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
+ section.
+ But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
+ For example, if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create
+ an index entry in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
- fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
- to break your train of thought with
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-DVI
-\family default
-.
+\end_inset
+
+ with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
- LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
-\series bold
-preview-latex
-\series default
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
+\series bold
+Paragraph environments|(
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- as explained below, and turn on
-\family sans
-Instant
+\begin_layout Standard
+and another entry at the end of section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-preview
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences
-\family default
-dialog under Look
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-and
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LyX-Code"
-feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Display.
- The
-\family sans
-Preview
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Size
-\family default
- is the multiplication factor for the size.
+ with the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
- editing an inset.
- Previews of an already loaded document are
-\emph on
-not
-\emph default
- generated just by selecting the
-\family sans
-Instant
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-preview
-\family default
- check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
+\series bold
+Paragraph environments|)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX will generate previews of math insets.
- It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
-\family sans
-Show
-\begin_inset space ~
+The commands
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-preview
-\family default
- check box in the insert dialog.
- This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
- example.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
-\series bold
-preview-latex
-\series default
- (on some systems named simply
\series bold
-preview
+|(
\series default
-) installed.
- If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
- You obtain prettier results if you install the program
-\family typewriter
-pnmcrop
-\family default
- from the
-\family typewriter
-netpbm
-\family default
- package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
- with LyX.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+|)
+\series default
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
- of it.
- Use the menu
-\family sans
-View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-View
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Source
-\family default
- and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
- The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
- currently in.
- You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
- selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
- To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
- the source view window.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Advanced Find and Replace
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
+ respectively start and end the index range.
+ You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
+ They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
+ the pages of the indexed document parts.
+ An example is the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Document ! Settings
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Cross referencing
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Replace
+Index ! Cross referencing
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Find
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
+ We referred for example in the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+GIF
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ (in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Introduction
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Image-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) to the index entry
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Image formats
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the same section using the entry
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
- format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
- It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
- The key-features are:
+
+\series bold
+GIF|see{Image formats}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
- latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
- mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
- formulas
+\begin_layout Standard
+where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
+ The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
+ The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
- any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
-), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
- a section heading will only be found within section headings
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Entry Order
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index ! Entry order
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Search may be widened to a specific
-\emph on
-scope
-\emph default
-, i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-e.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
- all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
-\family sans
-Help
-\family default
- menu
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
- capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you use accented characters in the index entry the entries might not
+ follow the rules for the index order.
+ The index entries are sorted alphabetically but LaTeX
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-e.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
+ section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-all lowercase, all uppercase, first uppercase followed by lowercase)
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Basic usage
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The advanced find and replace feature of LyX is activated through the menu
-
-\family sans
-Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Find & Replace
-\noun on
- (
-\noun default
-Advanced
-\noun on
-)
-\family default
-\noun default
- (shortcut
-\begin_inset Info
-type "shortcut"
-arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
-) or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
\end_inset
.
- This opens the
-\family sans
-Advanced Find and Replace
-\family default
- dialog.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Searching for text
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Enter into the
-\family sans
-Find
-\family default
- LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
- on the
-\family sans
-Find Next
-\family default
- button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
-\family sans
-Return
-\family default
- key).
- The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
-, bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
- Pressing repeatedly
-\family sans
-Enter
-\family default
- keeps searching forward.
- Similarly, pressing
-\family sans
-Shift+Enter
-\family default
- searches for the entered text backwards.
-\end_layout
+ does not know how to sort accents in different languages.
+ We have created as an example the three dummy index entries
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-While searching, the
-\family sans
-Case sensitive
-\family default
- option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
-
-\family sans
-Find
-\family default
- editor.
- The
-\family sans
-Whole words
-\family default
- option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
-\end_layout
+maison
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Searching for mathematics
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Mathematical formulas may be searched for by typing in the
-\family sans
-Find
-\family default
- editor a mathematical formula, such as
-\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
+maïs
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- or also something more complex like
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
+, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
- it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas, for example
- the mentioned segments would be found in something like
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
+maître
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries ! maïs
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Style-aware search
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
- This is done by switching to the
-\family sans
-Settings
-\family default
- tab of the dialog and unchecking the
-\family sans
-Ignore format
-\family default
- option.
- This way, entering in the
-\family sans
-Find
-\family default
- editor
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-a plain word and searching for it would not find instances of the word occurring
- in emphasized or boldface.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Itemize
-an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
- instances with same face only, and within the same text style only.
- Note that, for example, an emphasized text is found not only when occurring
- alone, but also when it is contained in a longer emphasized sentence.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries ! maître
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-a plain word in a section heading, and searching for it, finds occurrences
- of if only within section headings.
- Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
- to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
- style.
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\begin_layout Itemize
-some mathematics in a displayed formula will only find instances of this
- formula that are also displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Replace
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-The text segments matching the text entered in the
-\family sans
-Find
-\family default
- editor may be replaced with the text segments entered in the
-\family sans
-Replace
-\family default
-\noun on
-
-\noun default
-editor.
- In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
-\family sans
-Replace
-\family default
- button or alternatively
-\noun on
-
-\noun default
-press
-\family sans
-Enter
-\family default
- or
-\family sans
-Shift+Enter
-\family default
- while being in the
-\family sans
-Replace
-\family default
-\noun on
-
-\noun default
-editor.
+ They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison but we want the order
+ maïs, maison, maître.
+ To achieve this, we use the command
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can replace full-featured formatted LyX segments in place of the matching
- text segments in your document.
- Typical scenarios in which to use this capability may be (just to mention
- a few):
+
+\series bold
+previous entry@current entry
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
- same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
+\begin_layout Standard
+In our case we want to have
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-func()
+maison
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- with its typewriter version
-\family typewriter
-
+ after
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-func()
+maïs
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-;
+ and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
- occurrences of
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+maïs@maison
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The previous entry need not be a real existing entry.
+ You can also use another word to tell LaTeX the entry order.
+ See the next subsection for an example.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Formula $R$
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In some cases the index entry order is not correct when you are using the
+ program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+to generate the index (see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
+
\end_inset
- with
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+).
+
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+ would for example print the index entry for the LaTeX-package aeguill in
+ sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Document-Font"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ after the index entries of the other LaTeX-packages although all these
+ index commands start with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+\series bold
+LaTeX-packages !
+\series default
+
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- (you may want to enable the
-\family sans
-Whole words
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-Case sensitive
-\family default
- options and disable the
-\family sans
-Ignore format
-\family default
- option in the
+.
+ The reason is that the index entry for aeguill is in a footnote.
+ To fix this
\family sans
-Settings
+makeindex
\family default
- tab, in order to avoid replacing all
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+ bug, add these commands to the preamble of your document:
+\end_layout
-R
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+let
+\backslash
+OrgIndex
+\backslash
+index
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand*{
+\backslash
+index}[1]{
+\backslash
+OrgIndex{#1}}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Entry Layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Index ! Entry layout
+\end_layout
- letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
-\begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
\end_inset
- with
-\begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries !
+\shape italic
+This is an italic dummy entry
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-, or occurrences of
-\begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
+ You can also format the page number using the character
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
- with
-\begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
+|
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
+ followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
+ We can write for example
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Advanced usage
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+italic page number:|textit
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+to get the page number in italic.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
+Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
+ case
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+|command
+\series default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- You can search for regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
- the
-\family sans
-Find
-\family default
- editor.
- This is done via the menu
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Insert Regular Expression
-\family default
- while the cursor is in the
-\family sans
-Find
-\family default
- editor.
- Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
- expression matching rules
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+ means
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
- text segment, i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\backslash
+command{page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-e.
+number}
+\series default
+.
+ Have a look at section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
- to match expressions.
-\end_layout
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
-, while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
- same text in the document.
- Note that it is allowed to cut and paste regexp-mode insets as usual.
- Examples of using such a feature may be:
+ to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
- in the
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
\family sans
-Find
+makeindex
\family default
- editor the fraction
-\begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
+to generate the index, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
- (where the
-\begin_inset Formula $.*$
-\end_inset
- on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
- fractions with the given denominator.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Index-Program"
-\begin_layout Enumerate
-Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
- the
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If you use
\family sans
-Ignore format
+xindy
\family default
- option from the
+, this will not work for anything other than bold or italic text.
+ This is because
\family sans
-Settings
+xindy
\family default
- tab, entering a
-\series bold
+ requires you to define semantic elements before they can be used, see
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+after "p. 678 ff."
+key "latexcompanion"
-\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
+ for details.
+\end_layout
-\series default
- regular expression and adding for it an emphasized or bold face, finds
- all emphasized and bold face text, respectively.
- Also, inserting a
-\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
- regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
- you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual,
- enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
-\begin_inset Formula $()$
-\end_inset
+In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
+ above.
+ Instead, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
+ Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
+ the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
+ If so, put the following in the preamble
+\end_layout
-, and referring back to them through
-\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
-,
-\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-, etc..
- For example, try searching for the regexp
-\begin_inset Formula $([a-z]+)[[:blank:]]\backslash1$
-\end_inset
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+IndexDef}[1]{
+\backslash
+textit{#1}}
+\end_layout
- in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
+\begin_layout Standard
+and write
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that back references work both when occurring within the same regexp,
- and when occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of
- back-referenced sub-expressions is absolute, i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-e.
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\series bold
+my entry|IndexDef
+\end_layout
-
-\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+in the index entry.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
+\end_layout
- always refers to the first occurrence of
-\begin_inset Formula $()$
\end_inset
- in all entered regexps.
+ The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
+ insists that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
+ change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note also that the use of back references in the replaced text is not (yet)
- implemented.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Section
-Spell Checking
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Spellchecking"
+You can also change the layout for the whole index.
+ For example, we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get
+ a bold font for all index entries.
+ For more advanced tasks you have to set up a so-called
+\emph on
+Index Style File
+\emph default
+, see the
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+xindy
+\family default
+ documentation for details,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "makeindex,xindy"
\end_inset
+.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Index Program
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Spell checking
+Index ! Program
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Index-Program"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-LyX has a built-in spell checker.
- The menu
+If the index generation program
\family sans
- Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Spellchecker
+xindy
\family default
-, the key
+ is installed, LyX uses it for index generation; otherwise the program
\family sans
-F7
+makeindex
\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
-\end_inset
+, the program that is part of every LaTeX distribution, is used.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
- starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
- A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
- you to edit and replace it in a second line.
- Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
- scrolled so that it is visible.
- In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
-n, if any could be found.
- Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
\family sans
-Replacement
+Makeindex
\family default
- field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
- Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
- that is set in the
+ is very old, no longer under development and has many pitfalls, notably
+ that it was developed with only the English language in mind.
+ So it fails to sort anything other than a monolingual English text correctly.
+ We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
+ However, if you are writing in another than the English language, consider
+ to use
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+xindy
\family default
- dialog.
- You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
- a different one at the top of the dialog.
- LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
- This work if you have marked the different languages appropriately and
- have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
- LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Further Settings
-\end_layout
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-In LyX's preferences dialog under
-\family sans
-Language
+ Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
+ dialog, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Setting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Spellchecker
-\family default
- you can set the following things:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Spellchecker
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+
\end_inset
-engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
- Depending on your platform,
-\family typewriter
-aspell
-\family default
-,
-\family typewriter
-hunspell
+.
+ The available options are listed and explained in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "makeindex,xindy"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ In this dialog, you can also specify an alternative program to generate
+ the index.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you need specific options or an alternative index program only for a
+ given document, you can define the program and\SpecialChar \slash{}
+or the options in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Indexes
\family default
- or
-\family typewriter
-enchant
-\begin_inset Foot
-status collapsed
+.
+ This is especially useful if you need to pass language-specific options
+ to the index program or if you need a specific layout style.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
- Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Multiple Indexes
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In many fields it is common to have more than one index.
+ For instance, you might need to set up a separate
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Index of Names
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family default
- are available.
- On Windows only
-\family typewriter
-hunspell
-\family default
- is available.
-\end_layout
+ next to the standard index.
+ LaTeX does not provide this possibility out of the box, but there are packages
+ that add this feature.
+ LyX uses the
+\series bold
+splitidx
+\series default
-\begin_layout Description
-Alternative
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
- for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! splitidx
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Escape
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
- should escape, e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
+ package to generate multiple indexes.
+ The package is included in all recent LaTeX distributions.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+If yours does not ship it, consult the TeX-catalogue,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-German umlauts.
- This should normally not be needed.
+.
+ Note that the package does not only consist of a LaTeX style, but it also
+ includes specific preprocessor programs that need to be installed as well.
+ Please consult the package's manual for details.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Accept
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-compound
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
- like
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To set up LyX for the use of multiple indexes, go to
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Indexes
+\family default
+ and select the option
+\family sans
+Use multiple Indexes
+\family default
+.
+ Note that the list
+\family sans
+Available Indexes
+\family default
+ already contains the standard index
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-passthrough
+Index
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
.
+ To add further indexes, add the name of the index (in the form that should
+ also appear as a heading) to the
+\family sans
+New
+\family default
+ input field and press the
+\family sans
+Add
+\family default
+ button.
+ The new index now also appears in the list.
+ If you like, you can attribute an alternative LyX label color to the new
+ index.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Spellcheck
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-continously Check the spelling of your document as you type it.
- Misspelled words gets underlined with a dotted red line.
- By right-clicking on an underlined word, the suggestions by the spell appear
- in the context menu.
- Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
- word.
+\begin_layout Standard
+Once the document changes have been applied, you can find the new index
+ list in
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+List/TOC
+\family default
+ and the
+\family sans
+Insert
+\family default
+ menu has a separate entry for each of the defined indexes.
+ The workflow is basically the same as for the default index, but there
+ are additional features:
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Spellcheck
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Itemize
+If you want to change the attribution of a specific index entry, right-clicking
+ on the entry's label will open a dialog where you can do that.
+\end_layout
-notes
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_layout Itemize
+By right-clicking on an index, you can change its type.
+ Furthermore, you can specify an index to be a
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-and
-\begin_inset space ~
+Subindex.
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document contents is checked
- as well.
+ If you do that, the heading of that list will be decreased by one level.
+ For example, if you use a book class, where the standard index heading
+ is defined as a chapter, subindexes will be defined as sections and can
+ thus be nested to the non-subindexes.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
-Thesaurus
+Nomenclature/Glossary
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Thesaurus
+Nomenclature
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Thesaurus"
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Glossary|see
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
- It uses the same thesaurus framework as OpenOffice and Firefox (namely
- the
-\emph on
-MyThes
-\emph default
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Foot
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset ERT
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset href
-LatexCommand href
-target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
+
+}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
- thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
- Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
- are available for many languages.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
- the use with LyX.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Setting up the thesaurus
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Nomenclature"
-\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\emph on
-MyThes/
-\emph default
-OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
-
-\emph on
-*.dat
-\emph default
- containing the data and an index file with the suffix
-\emph on
-*.idx
-\emph default
-.
- The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
- (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-g.
- en_EN for English).
- For instance, the English files are named:
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-th_en_EN_v2.idx
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-th_en_EN_v2.dat
+\begin_layout Standard
+Sometimes you need to provide a list of technical terms or symbols that
+ are mentioned in your document with a brief explanation of them – a so
+ called nomenclature or glossary.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-If you have OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed, these files should be
- already on your system.
- If not, you can get dictionaries either from
-\begin_inset Flex URL
+To be able to create nomenclatures or glossaries, you need the LaTeX package
+
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/dictionaries/trunk/thes
+LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
\end_layout
\end_inset
- or from the site
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
+ installed.
+ You find it in the TeX-catalogue,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
+ and then use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family default
+N
+\family sans
+omenclature
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Entry
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "nomencl-insert"
\end_inset
.
-\begin_inset Foot
-status open
+ A gray box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Note that, as of OpenOffice 3.0, the files on
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+Nom
+\family default
-http://extensions.services.openoffice.org
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
+ The first is the term or
+\family sans
+Symbol
+\family default
+ that you wish to define.
+ The second is the
+\family sans
+Description
+\family default
+ of the term or symbol.
+\end_layout
- are usually packed in extension archives (
-\emph on
-*.oxt
-\emph default
-) that contain other files such as spellchecker dictionaries besides the
- thesauri.
- These archives are simple zip files, so you can unpack them as you would
- unpack a zip archive.
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
\end_layout
\end_inset
- Put the
-\emph on
-*.idx
-\emph default
- and
-\emph on
-*.dat
-\emph default
- files of all languages you want to use into one directory (do not use subfolder
-s), and specify the path to this directory in
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Paths
-\family default
-.
- Now the thesaurus should be ready to use.
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Using the thesaurus
+Nomenclature Definition and Layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nomenclature ! Layout
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-To start the thesaurus, use the menu
-\family sans
-Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Thesaurus
-\family default
- or the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "thesaurus-entry"
\end_inset
- while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
- selected.
- A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
- replacement.
- The proposals are grouped into categories.
- Note that the thesaurus does not only show synonyms, but also hyperonyms
- and hyponyms (such as
-\emph on
-plant
-\emph default
- for
-\emph on
-tree
-\emph default
-), compounds (such as
-\emph on
-tree diagram
-\emph default
-) and antonyms (such as
-\emph on
-women
-\emph default
- for
-\emph on
-men
-\emph default
-), which are marked as such.
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
- you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
- up directly there.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
- the dictionary, such as the above
-\emph on
-tree diagram
-\emph default
-), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+If you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
+\family sans
+Symbol
+\family default
+ field as LaTeX-formulas.
+ For example to get
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-e.
- the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
- singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
- For example looking up the word forms
-\emph on
-reports
-\emph default
- or
-\emph on
-reporting
-\emph default
- yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
-\emph on
-report
-\emph default
-.
- Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant parts of such word (e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-g.
-
-\emph on
-report
-\emph default
- in
-\emph on
-report
-\emph default
-s), then you get proposals without adjusting the query in the dialog, and
- also the replacement will probably be correct (as only the highlighted
- part will be replaced, thus the ending remains).
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-Change Tracking
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Change Tracking
-\end_layout
+, insert this:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+\series bold
+$
+\backslash
+sigma$
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+\series default
+The
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Change Tracking
-\end_layout
+$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ character starts/ends the formula.
+ The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
+ with a backslash
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sec:Change-Tracking"
+\backslash
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+.
+ For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
+ like
+\series bold
+\backslash
+Sigma
+\series default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
- able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
- You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
- This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
+(A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Track
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+
\end_inset
-Changes
-\family default
-.
+.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
-
-\bar under
-\color blue
-underlined text
-\bar default
-\color inherit
- is an addition,
-\strikeout on
-\color blue
-canceled text
-\strikeout default
-\color inherit
- is a deletion.
- The color depends on the author that made the change.
- You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
+You cannot use the
\family sans
-Look
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog to format the description text; you have to use LaTeX-commands.
+ For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in this document is:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+dummy entry for the character
+\backslash
+textsf{sigma}
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+The command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+textsf
+\series default
+ sets the fonts to
+\family sans
+sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-and
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+serif
+\family default
+.
+ To get
+\series bold
+bold
+\series default
+ font use the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+textbf
+\series default
+, for
+\family typewriter
+typewriter
+\family default
+ use
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+texttt
+\series default
+, for
+\emph on
+emphasized
+\emph default
+ use
+\series bold
-feel
-\family default
-,
-\family sans
-Colors
-\family default
+\backslash
+emph
+\series default
.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Color ! Change tracking
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If the characters |
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
- The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
- the cursor is in changed text.
- The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "changes-merge"
+,
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Toolbar ! Review
-\end_layout
+!
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+, @ and
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
+"
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+should appear in nomenclature entries they need to be escaped by adding
+ a quote character in front of them.
+\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
+LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "\"@, \"|, \"!, \"\""
+description "The quote sign is output by writing ‘ \"\"\"\" '"
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Graphics
- filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
- scale 90
-
-\end_inset
-
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nomenclature ! Sort order
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
- buttons:
-\end_layout
+The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
+ the symbol definition.
+ This leads to undesired results when you, for example, have symbols in
+ formulas.
+ Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
+\emph on
+a
+\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
+LatexCommand nomenclature
+symbol "a"
+description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\emph default
+ and
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
-<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
+LatexCommand nomenclature
+prefix "sigma"
+symbol "$\\sigma$"
+description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "changes-track"
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
+.
+ They will be sorted by
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+a
+\family default
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Track
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Changes
-\end_layout
-
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "changes-output"
+\family typewriter
+$
+\backslash
+sigma$
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ – the
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ will be sorted before the
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+ since the character
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+$
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ is considered in sorting.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To control the sort order, you can edit the
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Show
+Sort
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Changes
-\begin_inset space ~
+as
+\family default
+ field of the nomenclature dialog.
+ Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
+ definition.
+ For the example given, you can insert
+\family typewriter
+sigma
+\family default
+ in this field for the
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-in
-\begin_inset space ~
+, then
+\emph on
+a
+\emph default
+ will be located before
+\begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
\end_inset
-Output
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+ documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "nomencl"
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "change-next"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Options
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Jumps to the next change
+Nomenclature ! Options
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "change-accept"
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\series bold
+nomencl
+\series default
+ package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
+ Here are some of its options; for more have a look at its documentation:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+refeq Appends the phrase
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+, see equation (
+\emph on
+eq
+\emph default
+)
+\family default
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Accept
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Change
+ to every nomenclature entry, where
+\family sans
+\emph on
+eq
+\family default
+\emph default
+ is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+refpage Appends the phrase
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "change-reject"
-\end_inset
+, page (
+\emph on
+page
+\emph default
+)
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ to every nomenclature entry, where
+\family sans
+\emph on
+page
+\family default
+\emph default
+ is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Description
+intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
+ class options list in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Reject
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-Change
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ In this document the options
+\series bold
+refpage, intoc
+\series default
+ are used.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "changes-merge"
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
+ entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
+
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+Description
+\family default
+ field in the nomenclature dialog:
+\end_layout
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Merge
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
-Changes
+\backslash
+nomrefeq Like the
+\series bold
+refeq
+\series default
+ option
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+nomrefpage Like the
+\series bold
+refpage
+\series default
+ option
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "all-changes-accept"
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Description
+\backslash
+nomrefeqpage Short notation of
+\series bold
+\backslash
+nomrefeq
+\backslash
+nomrefpage
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Description
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
+\backslash
+nomnorefeq,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Accept
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-All
+\backslash
+nomnorefpage,
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Changes
+
+\backslash
+nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Words like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "all-changes-reject"
+page
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-
+ are automatically translated for some document languages.
+ If not, add these lines to your LaTeX preamble:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\noindent
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Change
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\series bold
-Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Reject
-\begin_inset space ~
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+eqdeclaration}[1]{, see equation
+\backslash
+nobreakspace(#1)}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-All
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-Changes
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+pagedeclaration}[1]{, page
+\backslash
+nobreakspace{}#1}
+\series default
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "note-insert"
+and replace
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-
-\end_layout
-
+see equation
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family sans
-Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LyX
-\begin_inset space ~
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-Note
+page
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ by their translation.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Printing the Nomenclature
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Nomenclature ! Printing
+\end_layout
-\family sans
-\begin_inset Info
-type "icon"
-arg "note-next"
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To print the nomenclature, use the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Lists/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Nomenclature
+\family default
+.
+ A box labeled
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\family sans
-Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Next
-\begin_inset space ~
+Nomenclature
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-Note
+ will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
+ By right-clicking on it, the amount of space for symbols can be altered.
+ You can choose between these settings:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
-
+\begin_layout Description
+Default a space of 1
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-
+cm is used
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace defskip
+\begin_layout Description
+Longest
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+label
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+width the width of the widest symbol of all nomenclature entries is used
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
- the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
- When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
- the next change after the current cursor position.
- So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
- Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
- step to the next change.
- This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
+\begin_layout Description
+Custom custom space
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
- to describe a change.
-\end_layout
+In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
-\series bold
-dvipost
-\series default
+Nomenclature
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+.
+ If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
+ command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
+\backslash
+nomname
+\series default
+ in the preamble.
+ For example, in order to change the name to
+\emph on
+List of Symbols
+\emph default
+, add the following line to the preamble:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
- installed.
- You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "TeXCatalogue"
+\begin_layout Standard
-\end_inset
+\family roman
+\series bold
- or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+nomname}{List of Symbols}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Section
-International Support
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Nomenclature Program
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-International support
+Nomenclature ! Program
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
- For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
- how to set up LyX to use them:
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Nomenclature-Program"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
+LyX uses the program
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+, that is part of every LaTeX distribution, to generate the nomenclature.
+ LyX's preferences dialog allows you to specify another program or to control
+
+\family sans
+makeindex
+\family default
+ by adding options, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Special-Character"
+reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The available options are listed and explained in
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "nomencl,makeindex"
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Language Options
+\begin_layout Section
+Branches
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Language ! Options
+Branches
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Settings
+Document ! Branches
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Document ! Language
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Branches"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
+Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
+ For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
+ pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
+ document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For these cases LyX allows you to put text into branches.
+ The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
+ To create a branch, either select the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branch\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert New Branch
+\family default
+ (if you just want to specify a new branch) or go in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
- dialog lets you set
-\family roman
-the language and character encoding for your language.
-
+ dialog to
+\family sans
+Branches
+\family default
+, where you can specify and change the name of the branch, its activation
+ state (whether the content of the branch is shown in the output or not),
+ its background color inside LyX and whether the name of the branch should
+ be appended to the document file name on export if the branch is active
+ (see below for an example).
+ Furthermore, the dialog lets you merge two branches (just rename one branch
+ to the name of the other) and to add
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+unknown branches
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+e.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+branches that were added to the document via copy and paste from other documents
+, without having been defined) to the document's branch list.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Choose your language in the
-\family sans
-Language
-\family default
- section of this dialog.
- The default is
+Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
+ These boxes are inserted via the menu
\family sans
-English
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branch
\family default
-.
+ where you can choose a branch.
+ You can later change the activation state of the branch by right-clicking
+ on them.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Under
+Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
+ is deactivated and therefore does not appear in the output:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Question
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you activate
\family sans
-Encoding
+Filename Suffix
\family default
- you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
- The option
+ in
\family sans
-Language Default
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Branches
\family default
- is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
- For details about the different encoding options see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+, the name of the active branches will be appended to the file name at export.
+ Consider for example a file
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Exam.lyx
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+ which has the above branches.
+ If
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Filename Suffix
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-.
-\end_layout
+ is active, the PDF export file would be called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Keyboard mapping configuration
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
+Exam.pdf
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ if both the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
+Question
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language
- other than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
- For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
- you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
- The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
- see section
-\begin_inset space ~
+Answer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
+ branch were inactive,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
+Exam-Question.pdf
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ if only the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-.
- You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
- which one you want to use.
+Question
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ branch was active, likewise
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Exam-Answer.pdf
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ if only the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Answer
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ branch was active, and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Exam-Question-Answer.pdf
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ if both branches were active.
+ This helps you to export different versions of your document easily.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
- different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
- You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
- keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
- In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
- one to support the characters you want.
- This and many other customizations are explained in the
-\emph on
-Customization
-\emph default
- manual.
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Character Tables
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Table
+To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
+ like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
+ branch.
+ For example you can define for the question branch
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
- shows the
-\family typewriter
-Latin1
-\family default
- character set.
- You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
- from the keyboard.
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are a few things you need to know about this table.
- Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
- from the
-\family typewriter
-Latin1
-\family default
- character set:
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-Even if you have selected
-\family sans
-latin1
-\family default
- in the
-\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog, users who have only the
-\family typewriter
-T1
-\family default
--fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
-\family typewriter
-T1
-\family default
--fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
- DE, FE, AB, and BB – the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
- french quotes won't show up.
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Float table
-wide false
-sideways false
+and for the answer branch
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{#1}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Question
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{#1}
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "cap:The-latin1-character"
+
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{}
+\end_layout
\end_inset
-The
-\family typewriter
-latin1
-\family default
- character set
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Branch Answer
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\align center
-\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+question}[1]{}
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+newcommand{
+\backslash
+answer}[1]{#1}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-00
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-10
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Now it is possible to use the
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
+\series default
+ and
+\series bold
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-20
-\end_layout
+\backslash
+answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
+}
+\series default
+ commands to obtain conditional output.
+ Here is an example formula where only the
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+question
+\series default
+ part appears:
+\begin_inset Formula
+\[
+x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.
+\]
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-30
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-40
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see the
+
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Each type of branch is allowed to have its specific style defined in layout
+ files (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-50
-\end_layout
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+any branch inset can be automatically wrapped by your own LaTeX commands.).
+ For this advanced usage, see the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual, section
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Flex insets and InsetLayout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-60
+).
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+PDF Properties
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:PDF-Properties"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-70
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+PDF properties
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-80
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+PDF Properties
+\family default
+ dialog allows you to set up special options for the PDF output of your
+ document.
+ All these options are provided by the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-90
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A0
+ which will link all cross-references in the DVI- and PDF-output.
+ This means that the reader of your document will be able to click on a
+ table of contents entry or on a reference to move to the cross-referenced
+ part of the document.
+
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The header information in the dialog tab
+\family sans
+General
+\family default
+ is saved together with the PDF as file properties.
+ Many programs are able to extract this information, for example, automatically
+ to recognize who the author is and what the PDF is about.
+ This is very useful to sort, classify or use PDFs for bibliography issues.
+ When the option
+\family sans
+Automatically
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+fill
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-B0
-\end_layout
+header
+\family default
+ is set, LyX tries to extract the header information from your document
+ title and author entries.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Load
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+fullscreen
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-C0
+mode
+\family default
+ will open the PDF in fullscreen mode, which is useful for presentations.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can specify in the dialog tab
+\family sans
+Hyperlinks
+\family default
+ how the links will look and if links for bibliographical backreferences
+ are created.
+ The
+\family sans
+Break
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+links
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-D0
-\end_layout
+over
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+lines
+\family default
+ option allows long links to be split;
+\family sans
+No
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+frames
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-E0
-\end_layout
+around
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+links
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Color
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+links
+\family default
+ both turn off the default behavior of enclosing all links in frames;
+\family sans
+Color
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-F0
+links
+\family default
+ colors the different links.
+ The default colors are:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\color magenta
+magenta
+\color inherit
+ for hyperlinks and URLs
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-00
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
+
+\color red
+red
+\color inherit
+ for links
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Labeling
+\labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\color green
+green
+\color inherit
+ for citations
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+but you can change these in the field
+\family sans
+Additional options
+\family default
+.
+ For example, in this document they were changed with the additional options:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If the option
+\family sans
+Backreferences
+\family default
+ is set, the hyperlinks will appear in the bibliography after the different
+ entries, showing, depending on the option selected, the number of the section,
+ slide or page where the entry is referenced.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the dialog tab
+\family sans
+Bookmarks
+\family default
+ you can specify if PDF-bookmarks should be created for every section of
+ your document to make it easier for readers to navigate through the document.
+ You can decide if the bookmarks should be numbered like your document sections
+ or not.
+ With the
+\family sans
+Open bookmarks
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Level
+\family default
+ you can specify what sectioning level should be displayed in the bookmarks
+ when opening the PDF.
+ For example level
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+2 will display all sections and subsections, while level
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+1 will only display the sections.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+PDF properties are also used in this document.
+ When you look in its document settings, you can see that some additional
+
+\series bold
+hyperref
+\series default
+ options are used.
+ For an explanation of all them we refer you to the hyperref manual
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "hyperref"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-0
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:TeX-Code"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-@
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+TeX Code Boxes
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-P
+TeX Code
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-'
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-p
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
+ constructs, but not all.
+ LaTeX contains hundreds of packages that provide different commands.
+ All the time packages are being updated and new ones added.
+ This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
+ is a LaTeX-package for every problem, though LyX cannot support all packages
+ and their commands.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
+ TeX Code box.
+ A TeX Code box is created by the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Te
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+X
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Code
+\family default
+ or by the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "ert-insert"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "ert-insert"
+\end_inset
+).
+ The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
+ it and selecting
+\family sans
+Close Inset
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
+ Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
+ For example, if you want to draw a frame around a word and are therefore
+ using the LaTeX-command
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+fbox
+\series default
+, you can write the command part
+\series bold
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-°
+\backslash
+fbox{
+\series default
+ in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
+\series bold
+}
+\series default
+ in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
+ The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
+ the following example:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/ERT.png
+ scale 89
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-À
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ð
+\begin_layout Standard
+gives
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line with a
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-à
+
+\backslash
+fbox{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+framed
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ð
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-01
+ word.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
+ to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+A Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-!
+The LaTeX Syntax
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-1
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-A
+LaTeX Syntax
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Q
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-a
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
+ about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
+ Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+program
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-q
+ your text.
+ This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
+ any time if you know the right commands.
+ For example, imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline
+ is the end of the day.
+ Your boss has just complimented you for your good work but wants to have
+ all caption labels bold.
+ But you have over a hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
+ in your manual.
+ Of course it is impossible to change all caption labels manually in one
+ day.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Now LaTeX comes into play.
+ As mentioned above, for every problem there exists a LaTeX-package.
+ First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
+ database,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Catalogue"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+As result you find that the package
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! caption
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-¡
-\end_layout
+ is what you need.
+ To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-±
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Á
+Preamble
+\family default
+) with the command
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ñ
+\backslash
+usepackage[options]{package name}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
+ two braces and the options are set within two brackets.
+ Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-á
+\begin_layout Standard
+In your case the package name is
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
+.
+ After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
+
+\series bold
+labelfont=bf
+\series default
+ will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
+ So you add the command
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\series bold
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ñ
+\backslash
+usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+to the preamble and the problem is solved.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-02
-\end_layout
+For more commands provided by the
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
+ package, have a look at its documentation,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "caption"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well-known problems
+ like your case.
+ For example if you use a
+\family sans
+KOMA-Script
+\family default
+ class, you don't need the package
+\series bold
+caption
+\series default
+, you can instead write
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Standard
+\series bold
+\backslash
+setkomafont{captionlabel}{
+\backslash
+bfseries}
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+in the preamble and the problem is solved.
+ So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
+ documentation of the document class you want to use.
+ (
+\series bold
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+setkomafont
+\series default
+ is an example of a command with more than one argument.)
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-2
+\begin_layout Standard
+Commands in the preamble affect the whole document, while commands in the
+ text affect only the text after the command or only the text used as command
+ argument.
+ To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
+ the previous section.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
+ LaTeX-books
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-B
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Newpage cleardoublepage
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-R
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-b
+
+\backslash
+pagestyle{fancy}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-r
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+switches temporarily to a page style with custom header and footer line
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Left Header
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-¢
-\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-²
+
+\backslash
+rightmark
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Â
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+defines the header line as described below
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ò
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Center Header
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-â
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ò
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Right Header
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-03
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+leftmark
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Left Footer
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-#
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+
+\backslash
+thepage
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-3
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-C
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Center Footer
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-S
+\family sans
+\series bold
+\color red
+LyX's user guide
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Magic code:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-c
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-s
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Right Footer
+\begin_inset Argument 1
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+Roman{page}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-£
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Customized Page Headers and Footers
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Customized-Page-Headers"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-³
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Header/Footer line
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ã
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Header/Footer line
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ó
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To define a custom page header and footer line for your document, you need
+ to set the
+\family sans
+Page
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+style
+\family default
+ to
+\family sans
+Fancy
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog under
+\family sans
+Page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ã
-\end_layout
+Layout
+\family default
+.
+ As a second step add in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Modules
+\family default
+ the module
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+Custom Header/Footerlines
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+ This module offers the following 6
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ó
+styles:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Header,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-04
-\end_layout
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Header,
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Header
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Footer,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Footer,
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-$
+Footer
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+for the different positions in the header/footer.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Normally, headers and footers are set up at the beginning of the document.
+ But you can change them anywhere you want to.
+ Figure
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-4
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "fig:Page-layout"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+
+ shows the page layout and where the header/footer styles will appear.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Float figure
+placement h
+wide false
+sideways false
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\noindent
+\align center
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="3">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="30line%">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="30line%">
+<column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="30line%">
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-D
+Left Header
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-T
+Center Header
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-d
+Right Header
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-t
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none" width="90line%">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-¤
+The normal text on the page goes here.
+ The running header is above the text, and the footer is below (including
+ footnotes).
+ Headers/footers typically contain things like the page number, title of
+ the chapter, company logo but your can use almost anything, except of floats.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-´
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ä
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row>
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ô
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ä
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ô
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-05
+Left Footer
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Center Footer
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="right" valignment="top" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+Right Footer
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-%
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "fig:Page-layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+Page layout with custom header and footer line.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-5
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-E
+\series bold
+Note
+\series default
+: some document classes implement their own customized page headers and
+ footers if
+\family sans
+Page
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+style
+\family default
+ is set to “Default”.
+ Check what these are before you specify your own customized page headers
+ and footers.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Definition
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To define your header line, add all three header styles.
+ The things you add to the styles appear on odd numbered pages, the things
+ in the optional arguments on even numbered pages.
+ For single-sided documents, the optional arguments will not be used and
+ can be omitted.
+ If you leave a style or its argument empty, nothing appears in the output.
+ Defining the footer line works similarly.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+For the definition, you will need some LaTeX-commands that are inserted
+ as TeX code (menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Te
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-U
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+X
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-e
+Code
+\family default
+):
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\backslash
+thepage prints the current page number
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\backslash
+Roman{page} prints the current page number with capital roman numerals
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\backslash
+roman{page} prints the current page number with small roman numerals
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\backslash
+leftmark prints the current section number and title.
+ If the document has chapters, it prints the current chapter number and
+ title instead.
+ It is called
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+leftmark
+\begin_inset Quotes prd
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-u
+ because it usually goes in a left header.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\backslash
+rightmark prints the current subsection number and title.
+ If the document has chapters, it prints the current section number and
+ title instead.
+ It is normally used in the right header.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Default header/footer
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The custom header/footer is not empty by default.
+ The default header contains the chapter and section title and the center
+ footer has the page number.
+ In order to remove unwanted entries from the header/footer, include the
+ relevant header/footer style in your document, but leave it blank.
+ So, if you do not want a page number in the footer, include a blank
+\family sans
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Footer
+\family default
+ style.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Appearance
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The header and footer will appear on normal pages.
+ Some pages are different.
+ The title page has a style of its own, and so does any page that starts
+ a new part or chapter in your book.
+ Such pages will not have the custom headers/footers, but that is normal.
+ There is for example no need to print a header with the chapter name on
+ the chapter page where the chapter heading is in big bold letters anyway.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Header and footer decoration line
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default, you get a 0.4
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+pt thick line below the header and no footer line.
+ This can be changed in the document preamble with the commands
+\series bold
+\backslash
+headrulewidth
+\series default
+ and
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+footrulewidth
+\series default
+ in the following way:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+renewcommand{
+\backslash
+headrulewidth}{thickness}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+where thickness is a size in standard units like
+\family sans
+pt
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+mm
+\family default
+.
+ If you don't want a line, set the thickness to 0
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-¥
+pt.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The lines can also be colored, but this requires more knowledge of LaTeX.
+ If you really need this, have a look at the Internet or in sec.
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+4.4 of the book
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Mittelbach"
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-µ
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Several header/footer lines
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In case you need more than one text line as a header/footer, you can do
+ this by adding a normal line break in the style definition.
+ However, the default height of the header/footer is only the one of one
+ text line.
+ To expand the height, redefine the LaTeX length
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+headheight
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+footheight
+\series default
+ in this entry in
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Lat
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Å
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Õ
+Preamble
+\family default
+:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+setlength{
+\backslash
+headheight}{height}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+where height is a size in standard units.
+ If you don't know which amount of space is needed for the height, define
+ your header/footer and preview your document as a PDF.
+ Then open the LaTeX logfile with the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+La
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-å
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+TeX Log
+\family default
+ and use the button
+\family sans
+Next
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Warning
+\family default
+ to see if you can find a warning about the package
+\series bold
+fancyhdr
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-õ
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If there is such a warning, it contains the space that you need at least
+ for your header/footer.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+This example
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This example demonstrates what can be done with custom header/footers.
+ Don't use it for your document as it is just an example.
+ This example consists of the following definition:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Header
+\series bold
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-06
+\backslash
+rightmark
+\series default
+, empty optional argument
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Header empty, empty optional argument
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Header empty,
+\series bold
+\backslash
+leftmark
+\series default
+ in the optional argument
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Footer empty,
+\series bold
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-&
+\backslash
+thepage
+\series default
+ in the optional argument
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Center
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Footer
+\family sans
+\series bold
+\color red
+LyX's user guide
+\family default
+\series default
+\color inherit
+,
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Magic code:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-6
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\Upsilon=\frac{\sqrt[3]{\aleph}}{\spadesuit}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-F
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ in the optional argument
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Footer
+\series bold
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-V
+\backslash
+Roman{page}
+\series default
+, empty optional argument
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Description
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\backslash
+headrulewidth set to 2
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-f
+pt
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+In principle you can use almost everything in headers/footers, except floats.
+ For more specialized features, for example, thumb-indexes, see the manual
+ of the
+\series bold
+fancyhdr
+\series default
+ package,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "fancyhdr"
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-v
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Newpage clearpage
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\backslash
+pagestyle{headings}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Note Note
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-¦
+switches back to page style with the default headings
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-¶
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Previewing Snippets of your Document
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Æ
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Instant preview
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ö
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Preview
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-æ
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
+ fly so you can see how they will look in the final document without having
+ to break your train of thought with viewing the output.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ö
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Prerequisites
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
+\series bold
+preview-latex
+\series default
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-07
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+ (on some systems named simply
+\series bold
+preview
+\series default
+) installed.
+ If it is not already installed, you will find it in the TeX-catalogue,
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
+ You obtain prettier results if you install the program
+\family typewriter
+pnmcrop
+\family default
+ from the
+\family typewriter
+netpbm
+\family default
+ package; for LyX on Windows this program and also the LaTeX-package are
+ automatically installed together with LyX.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Enabling previews
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
+ LaTeX, activate the option
+\family sans
+Display
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Graphics
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences
+\family default
+dialog under
+\family sans
+Look
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-`
-\end_layout
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Display
+\family default
+.
+ Then set
+\family sans
+Instant
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Preview
+\family default
+ to
+\family sans
+On
+\family default
+.
+ The
+\family sans
+Preview
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-7
+Size
+\family default
+ is the multiplication factor for the size.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you would like to see everything but your math formulas typeset by LaTeX,
+ set
+\family sans
+Instant
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Preview
+\family default
+ to
+\family sans
+No
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-G
+math
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
+ editing an inset.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-W
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Previews of an already loaded document are not in every case immediately
+ generated by activating the option
+\family sans
+Display
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Graphics
+\family default
+.
+ Reopening the document will fix such problems.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-g
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Selected document parts
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-w
+\begin_layout Standard
+Besides math there are other cases where you might like to see a preview,
+ for example things that LyX cannot render like rotated parts or things
+ that are not yet supported by LyX.
+ To do this, insert a preview inset via the menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preview
+\family default
+.
+ Insert or paste the stuff that you want to preview into this inset.
+ The preview will be generated when the cursor is outside the preview inset.
+ If you click on the preview, you can edit the previewed stuff.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+An example: To create rotated boxes, you use the LaTeX command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+rotatebox
+\series default
+ which is not yet supported by LyX.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+\backslash
+rotatebox
+\series default
+ is explained in section
+\emph on
+Rotated and Scaled Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-§
+ Instead of the TeX Code boxes you want to see in LyX the final rotated
+ boxes, for example to adjust the rotation angle to fit with the surrounding
+ text.
+ Therefore you create a preview inset and copy the text with the rotated
+ boxes into it.
+ Here is the result:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Preview
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This is a line
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-·
+
+\backslash
+rotatebox[origin=r]{-60}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ç
+\begin_inset Box Doublebox
+position "c"
+hor_pos "c"
+has_inner_box 0
+inner_pos "c"
+use_parbox 0
+use_makebox 0
+width "1in"
+special "width"
+height "1in"
+height_special "totalheight"
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+with rotated
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-×
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+ framed text
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ç
+
+\backslash
+rotatebox[origin=lb]{60}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-÷
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\int A\,\mathrm{d}x=B$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-08
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ and a formula.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Previewing works also for colors.
+ In this example a special framed, colored box was created using the LaTeX
+ command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+fcolorbox
+\series default
+:
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-(
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+\backslash
+fcolorbox
+\series default
+ is explained in section
+\emph on
+Colored Boxes
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-8
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-H
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Preview
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-X
+
+\backslash
+fboxrule 1mm
+\backslash
+fboxsep 1mm
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-h
+
+\backslash
+fcolorbox{cyan}{magenta}{
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+This is text within a colored, framed box.
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-x
+}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace medskip
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-¨
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+If LyX does not show a preview, make sure that you enabled previews as described
+ above and also make sure that TeX Code in the preview inset is valid and
+ that you loaded the LaTeX packages in your document preamble that are required
+ by the TeX Code.
+ If LyX cannot create a preview, you will in most cases also not be able
+ to view your document due to LaTeX errors.
+ So if you have to use some TeX Code and don't know if it is correct, the
+ preview inset is a nice method to check it without the need to view the
+ whole document.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-¸
+\begin_layout Subsection
+LaTeX source code
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts of it.
+ Use the menu
+\family sans
+View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+View
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-È
+Source
+\family default
+ and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
+ The window shows the source of the whole paragraph in which the cursor
+ currently sits.
+ You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
+ selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
+ To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
+ the source view window.
+ If you check
+\family sans
+Automatic update
+\family default
+, you can see the changes as you make them in LyX; but note that if you
+ have several documents open, this will slow things down as LyX updates
+ them all, not just the one which is open at the time.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Advanced Find and Replace
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ø
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Replace
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-è
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Find
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ø
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Introduction
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The advanced find and replace feature of LyX allows for searching of complex,
+ format-sensitive text segments and mathematics contents within LyX documents.
+ It is an enhancement of the standard (quick) find and replace feature.
+ The key-features are:
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-09
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Both searching of text and of mathematical formulas is allowed, where the
+ latter is done by entering mathematics in the usual way; not only entire
+ mathematical formulas are found, but also parts occurring within more complex
+ formulas
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Search may be format-insensitive, so that the searched text is found in
+ any context/style (standard text, section headings, notes, and even mathematics
+), or it may be format-sensitive, so that, for example, a word entered with
+ a section heading will only be found within section headings
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Search may be widened to a specific
+\emph on
+scope
+\emph default
+, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+e.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+a set of files which may be all the children of the document being edited,
+ all the open files, or all the manuals available from the
+\family sans
+Help
+\family default
+ menu
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+Replace may optionally preserve capitalization, so that the replaced text
+ capitalization is adapted to the matching text (i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+e.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+all lowercase, all uppercase, first letter uppercase followed by lowercase)
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Basic usage
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
+\begin_layout Standard
+The advanced find and replace feature is activated through the menu
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Find & Replace
+\noun on
+ (
+\noun default
+Advanced
+\noun on
)
-\end_layout
+\family default
+\noun default
+ (shortcut
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "dialog-show findreplaceadv"
+\end_inset
+) or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+.
+ This opens the
+\family sans
+Advanced Find and Replace
+\family default
+ dialog.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-9
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Searching for text
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Enter into the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ LyX mini-editor a simple word, and search for occurrences of it by clicking
+ on the
+\family sans
+Find
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Next
+\family default
+ button at the bottom of the dialog (or just press the
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph"
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-I
+ key).
+ The entered word is found both in text mode and in math mode, and in emphasized
+, bold or normal face, and in both in section titles and in standard text.
+ Pressing
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+
+ repeatedly keeps searching forward while pressing
+\family sans
+Shift+Return
+\family default
+ searches backwards.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Case
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+sensitive
+\family default
+ option allows matches to occur only with the same case as entered in the
+
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor.
+ The
+\family sans
+Whole
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+words
+\family default
+ option allows matches to occur only at word boundaries.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Y
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Searching for mathematics
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Mathematical formulas, such as
+\begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-i
-\end_layout
+ or something more complex like
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}$
+\end_inset
+, may be searched for by typing them in the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor.
+ When searching for a formula, it is found both when it is alone and when
+ it occurs in sub-formulas and nested parts of sub-formulas.
+ For example the mentioned segments would be found in something like
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{x^{2}}{\sqrt{\frac{x^{2}}{1+x^{2}}}}.$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-y
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Style-aware search
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+It is also possible to search for text with specific styles.
+ This is done by switching to the
+\family sans
+Settings
+\family default
+ tab of the dialog and unchecking the
+\family sans
+Ignore format
+\family default
+ option.
+ This way, entering in the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+a normal word and searching for it would not find instances of the word
+ occurring in emphasized or boldface.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+an emphasized or boldface word and searching for it would find the respective
+ instances with the same face only, and within the same text style only.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
+a normal word in a section heading, and searching for it, would find occurrences
+ of it only within section headings.
+ Also, if the text to search is given an emphasized or bold face, in addition
+ to a section style, then it is found only when occurring with the same
+ style.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+a displayed formula will only find instances of this formula that are also
+ displayed formulas (and not inline formulas).
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-©
+\begin_layout Subsubsection
+Replace
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The entries made in the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor can be replaced with entries made in the
+\family sans
+Replace
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-¹
-\end_layout
+with
+\family default
+ editor.
+ In order to find the next occurrence and replace it, click on the
+\family sans
+Replace
+\family default
+ button or alternatively press
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "break-paragraph"
+\end_inset
+ or
+\family sans
+Shift+Return
+\family default
+ while the cursor is in the
+\family sans
+Replace
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+with
+\family default
+ editor.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-É
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can replace with fully-featured formatted LyX entries.
+ Typical scenarios in which to use this capability might be (just to mention
+ two):
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+replacing occurrences of a word with a customized formatted version of the
+ same word, for example replacing occurrences of a name like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ù
-\end_layout
+func()
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ with its typewriter version
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-é
-\end_layout
+\family typewriter
+func()
+\family default
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ù
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+performing a notation rework of mathematical symbols, for example replacing
+ occurrences of
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-0A
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $R$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ with
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Formula $\mathbb{R}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-*
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+ (you may want to enable the
+\family sans
+Whole
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+words
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Case
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-:
-\end_layout
+sensitive
+\family default
+ options and disable the
+\family sans
+Ignore format
+\family default
+ option in the
+\family sans
+Settings
+\family default
+ tab, in order to avoid replacing all
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+R
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ letters occurring in normal text), or occurrences of
+\begin_inset Formula $x_{j}^{i}$
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-J
-\end_layout
+ with
+\begin_inset Formula $x_{i,\, j}$
+\end_inset
+, or occurrences of
+\begin_inset Formula $x[k]$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ with
+\begin_inset Formula $x_{k}$
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Z
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Advanced usage
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is a regular expression (regexp) based searching facility.
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+A good explanation of regular expressions is given in this Wikipedia entry:
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Regular_expression"
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-j
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+ You can search for a regular expression by inserting a regexp inset into
+ the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor.
+ This is done with the context menu
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Insert Regular Expression
+\family default
+ while the cursor is in the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor.
+ Characters entered within regexp insets are matched according to the regular
+ expression matching rules
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Under the constraint that any (sub)expression must match a well-formed LyX
+ segment, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-z
+e.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+when matching LaTeX code, no segments with unbalanced {} braces are allowed
+ to match expressions.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+, while text entered outside regexp insets is matched exactly against the
+ same text in the document.
+ You can cut and paste regexp-mode insets.
+ Examples of using such a feature may be:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Searching for all fractions with a given denominator: for example, entering
+ in the
+\family sans
+Find
+\family default
+ editor the fraction
+\begin_inset Formula $\frac{.*}{1+x^{2}}$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ (where the
+\begin_inset Formula $.*$
+\end_inset
+ on the numerator is the match-everything regular expression) finds all
+ fractions with the given denominator.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Enumerate
+Searching for all text with a given style: for example, after unchecking
+ the
+\family sans
+Ignore format
+\family default
+ option from the
+\family sans
+Settings
+\family default
+ tab, entering a
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset Formula $.*$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ª
+\series default
+ regular expression and giving it an emphasized or bold face, finds all
+ emphasized or bold face text respectively.
+ Also, by inserting a
+\begin_inset Formula $.*$
+\end_inset
+
+ regular expression in a bullet or enumerated list or a section heading,
+ you can find all bullet or enumerated lists or section headings.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Finally, references to (sub)expressions in regexp may be used as usual:
+ Enclosing parts of the expression within round braces
+\begin_inset Formula $()$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+, and referring back to them through
+\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-º
-\end_layout
+,
+\begin_inset Formula $\backslash2$
+\end_inset
+, etc..
+ For example, try searching with the regexp
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+[[:space:]]([[:alpha:]]+)[[:space:]]
+\backslash
+1[[:space:]]
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ê
+in order to find word repetitions, if there are any.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+The usage of back references in the replaced text is not (yet) implemented.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ú
-\end_layout
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Back references work both when occurring within the same regexp, and when
+ occurring in multiple different regexps, where the numbering of back-referenced
+ sub-expressions is absolute.
+ That is,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+\begin_inset Formula $\backslash1$
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ always refers to the first occurrence of
+\begin_inset Formula $()$
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ê
+ in all entered regexps.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ú
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Spell Checking
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Spellchecking"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-0B
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Spell checking
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX has a built-in spell checker.
+ The menu
+\family sans
+ Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Spellchecker
+\family default
+, the
+\family sans
+F7
+\family default
+ key or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show spellchecker"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ start the spell checking from either the current cursor position or the
+ beginning of the currently selected text.
+ A sidebar will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found, allowing
+ you to edit and replace it in a second line.
+ Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
+ scrolled so that it is visible.
+ In the spellchecker sidebar, there is a box showing suggestions for a correctio
+n, if any could be found.
+ Clicking on one of the corrections will copy it to the
+\family sans
+Replacement
+\family default
+ field, double-clicking directly invokes the replacement.
+ Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+By default, the dictionary file used is determined by the document language
+ that is set in the
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings
+\family default
+ dialog.
+ You can specify the language of a word in the spellchecker dialog by choosing
+ a different one at the top of the dialog.
+ LyX can correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
+ This works if you have set the language of the text parts using the
+\family sans
+Text
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Style
+\family default
+ dialog (
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-show character"
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-+
+) and have the spell checker dictionaries installed.
+ LyX automatically switches to the appropriate dictionary file.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+All spell-checker dictionaries supported by LyX can be downloaded from here:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-;
+http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/hunspell/
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-K
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+There are 2
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-[
-\end_layout
+files for each language.
+ To install a dictionary on Windows, copy the 2
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+files into LyX's installation subfolder
+\family sans
+~
+\backslash
+Resources
+\backslash
+dicts
+\family default
+ and restart LyX.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+With Linux one needs to install the packages for the desired language.
+ The number of these packages vary depending on the Linux distribution,
+ but in most cases these are
+\family typewriter
+aspell-xx
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+hunspell-xx
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+ myspell-xx
+\family default
+, etc., where
+\family sans
+xx
+\family default
+ is the language code.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-k
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Further Settings
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+In the menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Language
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-{
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Spellchecker
+\family default
+ you can set the following things:
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Spellchecker
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+engine Select the library LyX should use for spell checking.
+ Depending on your platform,
+\family typewriter
+aspell
+\family default
+,
+\family typewriter
+hunspell
+\family default
+ or
+\family typewriter
+enchant
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Enchant itself is a wrapper library having different configurable back-ends.
+ Please consult the documentation or man-page of it to learn more.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family default
+ are available.
+ On Windows only
+\family typewriter
+hunspell
+\family default
+ is available.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Alternative
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-«
+language If this field is not empty, LyX will always use the given language
+ for the spell checking, no matter what the document language is.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Escape
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
+ should escape, e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-»
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+German umlauts.
+ This should normally not be needed.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Accept
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ë
-\end_layout
+compound
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+words Prevents the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
+ like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+passthrough
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Û
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Spellcheck
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ë
+continuously Checks the spelling of your document as you type it.
+ Misspelled words get underlined with a dotted red line.
+ By right-clicking on an underlined word, suggestions from the spellchecker
+ appear in a context menu.
+ Choosing one of them will replace the misspelled word with the suggested
+ word.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Spellcheck
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+notes
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-û
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+comments If enabled, the spelling of non-printed document content is checked
+ as well.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Thesaurus
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-0C
+Thesaurus
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Thesaurus"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+LyX provides a multilingual thesaurus.
+ It uses the same thesaurus framework as LibreOffice, OpenOffice and Firefox
+ (namely the
+\family typewriter
+MyThes
+\family default
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-,
-\end_layout
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+target "http://lingucomponent.openoffice.org/thesaurus.html"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-<
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ thesaurus library, which is included in LyX).
+ Therefore, LyX can directly access OpenOffice thesaurus dictionaries, which
+ are available for many languages.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-L
+\begin_layout Standard
+This section describes how new dictionaries are installed and set up for
+ the use with LyX.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Setting up the thesaurus
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family typewriter
+MyThes
+\family default
+\emph on
+/
+\emph default
+OpenOffice thesauri consist of two files per language: A file with the suffix
+
+\emph on
+*.dat
+\emph default
+ containing the data and an index file with the suffix
+\emph on
+*.idx
+\emph default
+.
+ The standardized file names include the language code for the given language
+ (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
+g.
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\backslash
+\family sans
+en_US
+\family default
+ for US English).
+ For instance, the US English files are named:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Itemize
+th_en_EN_v2.idx
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Itemize
+th_en_EN_v2.dat
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-l
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you have LibreOffice or OpenOffice and its thesaurus installed on a Linux
+ system, these files should be already on your system.
+ On Windows you can choose in LyX's installer wich dictionaries should be
+ installed.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+All thesaurus dictionaries supported by LyX can be downloaded from here:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-|
+http://sourceforge.net/projects/lyxwininstaller/files/thesaurus/
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+To install a dictionary, copy the 2
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+files into LyX's installation subfolder
+\family sans
+~
+\backslash
+Resources
+\backslash
+thes
+\family default
+ and restart LyX.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Using the thesaurus
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+To start the thesaurus, use the menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Thesaurus
+\family default
+ or the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "thesaurus-entry"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-¬
-\end_layout
+ while the cursor is at the word you want to look up or while a word is
+ selected.
+ A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
+ a replacement.
+ The suggestions are grouped into categories.
+ Note that, for some languages (such as English), the thesaurus does not
+ only show equivalent words (synonyms), but also generic terms (such as
+
+\emph on
+organism
+\emph default
+ for
+\emph on
+plant
+\emph default
+), related terms (such as
+\emph on
+political
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+theory
+\emph default
+ for
+\emph on
+anarchistic
+\emph default
+), compounds (such as
+\emph on
+tree
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+diagram
+\emph default
+, if you look for
+\emph on
+tree
+\emph default
+) and opposites (antonyms) (such as
+\emph on
+girl
+\emph default
+ for
+\emph on
+boy
+\emph default
+).
+ Generic terms, related terms and antonyms are marked as such.
+\end_layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-¼
+\begin_layout Standard
+The language is automatically chosen from the language at the cursor, but
+ you can also switch it in the dialog, as you can enter new words to look
+ up directly there.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note that the thesaurus cannot handle phrases (only compounds that are in
+ the dictionary, such as the above
+\emph on
+tree diagram
+\emph default
+), and you have to use the so called lemma form, i.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+e.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ì
-\end_layout
+the form that is used in the dictionaries (for many languages: first person
+ singular indicative active for nouns, infinitive for verbs).
+ For example, looking up the word form
+\emph on
+reporting
+\emph default
+ yields no results, while results are shown for the word form
+\emph on
+report
+\emph default
+.
+ Your best bet is to highlight only the relevant part of such a word (e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ü
+\emph on
+report
+\emph default
+ in
+\emph on
+report
+\emph default
+s); then you will get suggestions without needing to adjust the query in
+ the dialog, and also the replacement will probably be correct (as only
+ the highlighted part will be replaced; thus the ending remains).
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Section
+Change Tracking
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ì
+Change Tracking
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ü
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Change Tracking
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-0D
-\end_layout
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Change-Tracking"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+When you work on a document collaboratively it is extremely useful to be
+ able to see changes that others have made highlighted in the document.
+ You can then decide if you want to accept a change or not.
+ This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Track
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Changes
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by strokes and colors:
+
+\bar under
+\color blue
+underlined text
+\bar default
+\color inherit
+ is an addition,
+\strikeout on
+\color blue
+canceled text
+\strikeout default
+\color inherit
+ is a deletion.
+ The color depends on the author that made the change.
+ You can change the color in
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Look
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+&
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
--
+feel
+\family default
+\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+
+\family sans
+Colors
+\family default
+.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Color ! Change tracking
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ The author and the date of the change are shown in LyX's status bar when
+ the cursor is in changed text.
+ The same information is shown when you use the toolbar button
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "changes-merge"
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-=
+.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-M
+Toolbar ! Review
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-]
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-m
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
+ scale 90
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-}
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The review toolbar as shown above contains the following buttons:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Tabular
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
+<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-–
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "changes-track"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-½
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Í
-\end_layout
-
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Track
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ý
+Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-í
-\end_layout
-
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "changes-output"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ý
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-0E
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Show
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Changes
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Output
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
-
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "change-next"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-.
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
->
+Jumps to the next change
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-N
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "change-accept"
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-^
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Accept
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Change
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-n
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "change-reject"
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-~
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Reject
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Change
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "changes-merge"
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Merge
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-®
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "all-changes-accept"
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-¾
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Accept
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+All
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Î
+Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Þ
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "all-changes-reject"
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-î
-\end_layout
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Reject
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+All
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-þ
+Changes
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
</row>
-<row>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\size tiny
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-0F
-\end_layout
-
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-insert"
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\family sans
+Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-/
+{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+X
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-?
+Note
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-O
+\family sans
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "note-next"
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-_
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Next
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Note
\end_layout
\end_inset
</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+</row>
+</lyxtabular>
+
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-o
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace defskip
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+Not all changes are (yet) visualized, especially no format changes like
+ from
+\emph on
+normal
+\emph default
+ to
+\emph on
+bold
+\emph default
+ font or
+\emph on
+Standard
+\emph default
+ to
+\emph on
+Description
+\emph default
+ paragraph.
+\end_layout
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes – highlight
+ the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
+ When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you information about
+ the next change after the current cursor position.
+ So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
+ Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
+ step to the next change.
+ This way you can jump through all the changes in the document.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
+ to describe a change.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
+\begin_layout Standard
+To show the changes made in the output you need the LaTeX package
+\series bold
+dvipost
+\series default
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ installed.
+ You will find it in the TeX Catalogue,
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "TeXCatalogue"
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-¯
+\end_inset
+
+ or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Comparison of Documents
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Comparison-of-Documents"
+
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-¿
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Comparison of documents
\end_layout
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-Ï
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can compare two different LyX files via the menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Compare
+\family default
+.
+ The comparison result is a LyX file with change tracking enabled showing
+ the differences.
+ In the comparison dialog you can select from which document LyX should
+ take the document settings for the resulting difference file with the option
+
+\family sans
+Copy
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ß
-\end_layout
+Settings
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+from
+\family default
+.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Enable
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+change
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ï
-\end_layout
+tracking
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+features
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
-\begin_inset Text
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+the
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\family roman
-\series medium
-\shape up
-\emph off
-\bar no
-\noun off
-\color none
-ÿ
-\end_layout
+output
+\family default
+ enables the change tracking option
+\family sans
+Show
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Changes
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-</cell>
-</row>
-</lyxtabular>
+in
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Output
+\family default
+ to visualize the differences also in the PDF output of the difference file.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+International Support
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+International support
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
- directly.
- It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
- also the characters from
-\family typewriter
-ISO8859–2
-\family default
- through
-\family typewriter
-4
-\family default
-.
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-From
-\family typewriter
-ISO8859–1
-\family default
-:
-\end_layout
+This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
+ For some languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain how to set
+ up LyX to use them:
+\begin_inset CommandInset citation
+LatexCommand cite
+key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew,Latvian,Lithuanian,Mongolian,Vietnamese"
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Standard
-¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-diaeresis
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-circumflex
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Special-Character"
+
\end_inset
-grave
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Language Options
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-acute
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Language ! Options
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-~ Ã Ñ Õ ã ñ õ
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-tilde
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Settings
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-¸Çç
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-cedilla
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Document ! Language
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-¯
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-macron
+
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-From
-\family typewriter
-ISO8859–2
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Language
\family default
- through
-\family typewriter
-4
+ dialog lets you set
+\family roman
+the language, the quote style and character encoding
\family default
-:
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-ĤĴĥĵĈĜŜĉĝŝ
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+Under
+\family sans
+Encoding
+\family default
+ you can choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX export.
+ The option
+\family sans
+Language
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-circumflex
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-ŚŹśźŔĹĆŃŕĺćń
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+Default
+\family default
+ is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
+ For details about the different encoding options see section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-acute
-\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-Ĩı̃Ũũ
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Language-encodings"
+
\end_inset
-tilde
+.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-ŞşŢţŖĻĢŗļģŅĶņķ
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Keyboard mapping configuration
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
+
\end_inset
-cedilla
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-ĒēĀĪŌŪāı̄ōū
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
+If you have for example a U.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-macron
-\end_layout
+S.-style keyboard and want to write in a language other than English, you
+ can use an alternate keymap.
+ For example, if you want to write in Italian, you can configure LyX to
+ use an Italian keymap.
+ The
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Keyboard/Mouse
+\family default
+ dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
-\begin_layout Standard
-ŐŰőű
-\begin_inset space \hfill{}
\end_inset
-Hungarian umlaut
+.
+ You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
+ which one you want to use.
\end_layout
-\end_deeper
\begin_layout Standard
-All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
- In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
- Also make sure you're using the
-\family typewriter
-T1
-\family default
- font-encoding.
+Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
+ different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
+ You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+S.-style keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
+ In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
+ one to support the characters you want.
+ This and many other customizations are explained in the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Chapter
The User Interface
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-User-Interface"
+name "chap:The-User-Interface"
\end_inset
File
\family default
menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
- At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This is used when more people are working on the same document.
+This is used when multiple people are working on the same document or when
+ one person wants to keep a careful archive of changes.
It is described in the section
\emph on
Version Control in LyX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can import there files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
- NoWeb-files, plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files
- (CSV) as a new LyX-document.
- The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
+Here you can import files from older LyX-versions, HTML-files, LaTeX-files,
+ NoWeb-files, plain text files and comma separated, table-like text files
+ (CSV).
+ The files will be imported as a new LyX-document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Text
+text
\family default
, line breaks in the text will start a new paragraph; when using the menu
entry
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Text, Join
+Text,
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Join
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
You can export your document to various file formats.
The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
- They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
+ They depend on the programs found by LyX during its configuration.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\family sans
CJK
+\family default
+
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LyX
-\family default
-format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
- (CJK)
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+yX format of the special LyX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese and Korean (CJK)
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
- Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.
+ Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support has been fully integrated into LyX.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DocBook text file with code in the language SGML that is used for the markup
+ language
+\family typewriter
+DocBook
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
+DocBook
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(XML) text file with code in the language XML that is used for the markup
+ language
+\family typewriter
+DocBook
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+DraftDVI LaTeX's native DVI-format.
+ This format is not suitable if you have special characters or spaces in
+ files paths or file names in your document.
+ LyX use this format internally as a pre-stage to export to
\family sans
DVI
\family default
- DVI-format
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DVI DVI-format that also allows the useage of special characters or spaces
+ in files paths or file names
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX) DVI-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+; supports Unicode and the usage of non-TeX fonts;
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ not all DVI-viewers are currently able to display this output format properly.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Graphviz
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Dot text file with code in the programming language
+\family typewriter
+Dot
+\family default
+ which is used to draw visualizations of graphs via the program
+\family typewriter
+Graphviz
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+(
+\family default
+LuaT
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+eX
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
(pdflatex)
\family default
text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyX
+
+\family sans
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable by the LyX versions 1.y.x (
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+(
+\family default
+XeT
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
-y
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+
+\family default
+eX
+\family sans
+)
+\family default
+text file with the LaTeX source that is compilable with the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+LilyPond
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+book
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(La
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
- is replaced by the version number)
+
+\family default
+TeX) text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the syntax of the
+ music notation software
+\family typewriter
+LilyPond
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-LyXHTML HTML-format, using LyX's internal XHTML engine
+L
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+yX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Archive
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(zip|tar.gz) creates a zip-archive or a tar.gz-archive file (depending upon
+ your system) that contains your document and all files that are necessary
+ to compile it (images, child documents, BibTeX files, etc.)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
+L
\family sans
-OpenOffice
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
-,
+yX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+z.y.x LyX-Document in a format readable by the LyX versions z.y.x (
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+z
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+y
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ represent the version number)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+L
\family sans
-KOffice
+
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\family default
-,
+yXHTML HTML-format using LyX's internal XHTML engine
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+NoWeb text file with code in the format of the literate programming language
+\family typewriter
+ NoWeb
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted file, to be opened with
\family sans
-Abiword
+LibreOffice, OpenOffice, KOffice, Abiword
\family default
, etc.
(The OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and may not work in
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
dvipdfm
+\family default
+, produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(LuaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+LuaTeX
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
pdflatex
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
PDF-format using the program
\family typewriter
ps2pdf
+\family default
+, produces internally a PostScript-file which is then converted to a PDF-file
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(XeT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX)
+\family default
+ PDF-format using the program
+\family typewriter
+XeTeX
+\family default
+, produces PDF-files directly
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-
-\family sans
-Custom
+Sweave text file with the LaTeX source and also code in the statistical
+ programming language
+\family typewriter
+R
\family default
- custom format
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The program
+.
+ Using the
\family typewriter
-dvipdfm
+R
\family default
- produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
- It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
- what you want.
-
+-function
\family typewriter
-pdflatex
+Sweave
\family default
- produces PDF-files directly and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
+ it is possible to use
+\family typewriter
+R
+\family default
+-commands in LaTeX
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The menu
-\family sans
-Custom
-\family default
- allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
- the export program.
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Subsection
Print
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry will only appear when you have a fax program installed (on
+This menu entry will only appear if you have a fax program installed (on
Windows you additionally need to register its program path to LyX's PATH
prefix, see section
\begin_inset space ~
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Select Whole Inset
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Selects the content of the inset in which the cursor currently is.
+ If the cursor is outside an inset, the whole document will be selected.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Select All
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Find & Replace
+Find & Replace (Quick)
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Find & Replace (Advanced)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Advanced-Find-and"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Move Paragraph Up/Down
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
+This shifts the paragraph in which the cursor currently is one paragraph
up or down.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Enables you to set the paragraph alignment, line spacing and label width.
- These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently.
+ These settings only affect the paragraph in which the cursor is currently
+ in.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
You can also prevent the first line of the paragraph being indented if you
- have chosen to separate paragraphs with indents in the
+ have chosen to separate paragraphs with
\family sans
-Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+Indentation
\family default
- dialog under
+ in the
\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
Layout
\family default
-.
+ dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Table Settings and Math
+Table
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+This menu only appears if the cursor is inside a table.
+ It allows you to create multicolumn and multirow cells, add or remove borders
+ of a cell and to set the vertical alignment of the cell.Table Settings and
+ Math
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These two menus are only fully active when the cursor is inside a table
- or a formula.
+These two menus are only fully active if the cursor is inside a table or
+ a formula.
Here you can change the properties of tables and formulas.
The properties of tables are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Increase / Decrease List Depth
+Increase/Decrease List Depth
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These menu entries are only active when the cursor is in an environment
- that can be nested.
+These menu entries are only active if the cursor is in an environment that
+ can be nested.
They increase/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The
-\family sans
-View
-\family default
- menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
- document with an external program.
- The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
- — it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
- All possible formats are formats listed in section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Export"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- You should at least see the menu entries
-\family sans
-DVI
-\family default
- and
-\family sans
-PDF
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-(pdflatex)
-\family default
-.
- If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
- After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Reconfiguration of LyX
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
- The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:File-Formats"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
-\end_inset
-
At the bottom of the
\family sans
View
\end_inset
e., hunt for errors in the program) or to see what is going on in the background
- while LaTeX is processing the document,
+ while LaTeX is processing the document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
View
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+[<output format>]
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry generates the output you have specified as default output
- format either in the preferences (see sec.
+This menu entry generates the output in the format you have specified as
+ default output format for the document (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Format
+\family default
+; see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) or in the LyX preferences (menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Format
+\family default
+; see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-) or in the document settings (see sec.
+) and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
+ The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Viewer
+\family default
+; see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
\end_inset
-), for instance PDF, and opens it in an appropriate viewer.
+).
+ The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
+ The default output format is
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(pdflatex)
+\family default
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With this submenu, you can view your document in alternative output formats.
+With this menu you can view your document in alternative output formats.
+ The menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the
+ actual document with an external program.
+ The menu entries are not the same on all installations — it depends on
+ the LaTeX programs that are found when LyX was configured.
+ All possible formats are listed in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Export"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ You should at least see the menu entry
+\family sans
+DVI
+\family default
+.
+ If it is missing, you need to update or repair your LaTeX installation.
+ After updating you have to reconfigure LyX (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Reconfiguration of LyX
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+)
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Invoking a view menu will start a viewer program.
+ The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences (menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Viewer
+\family default
+; see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+ The default viewers are set by LyX when it is first configured.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
Update
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+[<output format>]
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
This menu entry allows you to update the view with your latest changes (in
- the default output format as described in the previous section) without
- opening a new viewer window.
+ the default output format) without opening a new viewer window.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-With this submenu, you can update the view of alternative output formats
- of your document without opening a new viewer window.
+With this menu you can update the view of alternative output formats of
+ your document without opening a new viewer window.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\emph default
in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual for more information on this topic).
This item allows you to view the master document from within its child.
That is, if you are working on a child document which is a chapter of a
book,
\family sans
-View Master
+View
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Master
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Document
\family default
generates the output of the whole book, while
\family sans
\begin_layout Standard
The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
- in the preferences (see sec.
+ in the document settings (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Format
+\family default
+; see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:File-Formats"
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
\end_inset
-) or in the document settings (see sec.
+) or in the preferences (menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Format
+\family default
+; see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
\end_inset
\emph default
in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual for more information on this topic).
This item allows you to update the view of a master document from within
\begin_layout Standard
The format used by this function is the default output format as specified
- in the preferences (see sec.
+ in the document settings (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Output\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Format
+\family default
+; see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:File-Formats"
+reference "sec:Doc-Output"
\end_inset
-) or in the document settings (see sec.
+) or in the preferences (menu
+\family sans
+Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Formats\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Format
+\family default
+; see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Doc-Output"
+reference "sec:File-Formats"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This will split LyX's main window vertically or horizontally.
- This allows you to view documents the same time to compare them, or to
- view the same document, but at different positions.
- You can even split the main window several times to view for example 3
- or more documents at the same time.
- To return to an unsplit view, use the menu
+
\family sans
-Close Current View
+Split
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+View
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+into
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Left
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Right
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Half
+\family default
+ will split LyX's main window vertically while
+\family sans
+Split
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+View
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+into
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Upper
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+and
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Lower
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Half
+\family default
+ will split it horizontally.
+ This allows you to view documents at the same time to compare them, or
+ to view the same document, but at different positions.
+ You can even split the main window several times to view, for example,
+ three or more documents at the same time.
+ To close a split view, use the menu
+\family sans
+Close
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Current
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+View
\family default
.
\end_layout
state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
The
\family sans
-Review
+Table
\family default
,
\family sans
-Table
+Math,
\family default
-,
+
\family sans
Math
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Panels
+Macros,
\family default
-, and
+
+\family sans
+Review
+\family default
+ and
\family sans
Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Panels
\family default
- toolbars can be additionally set to the state
+ toolbars can additionally be set to the state
\emph on
automatic
\emph default
- that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
+, denoted in the menu with the suffix
\family sans
(auto)
\family default
\emph on
on
\emph default
- state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
+ state the toolbar is permanently shown; in the
\emph on
automatic
\emph default
state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
or when a certain feature is enabled.
- That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
- is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
- is inside a formula or table, respectively.
+ That means that the review toolbar will only be shown if change tracking
+ is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown if the cursor
+ is inside a formula or table respectively.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
+reference "chap:Mathematical-Formulas"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Symbols Inserts any character that can be output by your LaTeX system.
- Therefore the number of character categories in this dialog and the available
- characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
+Symbols Opens the
+\family sans
+Symbols
+\family default
+ dialog which allows you to insert any character that can be output by your
+ LaTeX system.
+ By default groups of characters are displayed in character categories;
+ the available characters depend on the LaTeX-packages you have installed.
+ You can get a complete display by checking
+\family sans
+Display
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+all
+\family default
+.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
+Sentence Inserts an end of sentence period as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Quote Inserts this quote:
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-, no matter what quote type you selected in the
+Quote Inserts this quote: ", no matter what quote style you selected in
+ the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
-\family default
- dialog under
-\family sans
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Language
\family default
-.
+ dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Quote Inserts this quote:
-\begin_inset Quotes els
-\end_inset
-
-
+Quote Inserts a single quote in the quotation marks style selected in the
+
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Language
+\family default
+ dialog.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Slash Inserts a slash where also a line break can occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
+Slash Inserts a slash where a line break can also occur: \SpecialChar \slash{}
\end_layout
\end_inset
-Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
- Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
- For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
+Inserts a box where you can insert symbols from the International Phonetic
+ Alphabet (IPA) and opens a toolbar which provides a large set of these
+ symbols.
+ To use this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
\series bold
tipa
\series default
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-For more information about this feature we refer to the documentation of
-
-\series bold
-tipa,
-\begin_inset CommandInset citation
-LatexCommand cite
-key "tipa"
-
-\end_inset
-
-
-\series default
- and this Wiki-page:
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+More information about this feature can be found in the
+\emph on
+Linguistics
+\emph default
+ manual (
+\family sans
+Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Specific Manuals
+\family default
+).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can insert the following format constructs:
+Opens a submenu with the following options:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
Superscript Inserts a superscript: test
-\begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
+\begin_inset script superscript
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+a, b
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\begin_layout Description
Subscript Inserts a subscript: test
-\begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
+\begin_inset script subscript
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+3x
+\end_layout
+
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
+Space Inserts a protected space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
+Space Inserts an inter-word space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
+Space Inserts a thin space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space Inserts horizontal space, see section
+Space Inserts horizontal space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
- for a description.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Line Inserts a horizontal line, see section
+Line Inserts a horizontal line as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
- for a description.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Space Inserts vertical space, see section
+Space Inserts vertical space as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
- for a description.
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Phantom Inserts a Phantom space as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Phantom-Space"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Point Inserts a hyphenation point, see section
+Point Inserts a hyphenation point as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
+Break Inserts a ligature break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
+Break Inserts a forced line break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Break Inserts a forced line break that furthermore stretches the broken
- text line to the page border, see section
+Break Inserts a forced line break that right justifies the remaining text
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Page Inserts a forced page break, described in section
+Page Inserts a forced page break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Break Inserts a forced page break that furthermore stretches the broken
- text page to the page border, described in section
+Break Inserts a forced page break that shares the extra space among paragraph
+ breaks instead of leaving it at the bottom of the page, as described in
+ section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
+Page Inserts a clear page break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
+Page Inserts a clear doublepage break as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-List / TOC
+List/TOC
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Various lists can be inserted with this menu entry.
- The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
- in section
+ The
+\family sans
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+of Contents
+\family default
+, the
+\family sans
+List of Algorithms
+\family default
+,
+\family sans
+List of Figures
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+List of Tables
+\family default
+ are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- The index list is described in section
+ The
+\family sans
+Index List
+\family default
+ is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, the nomenclature in section
+, the
+\family sans
+Nomenclature
+\family default
+ is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, and the BibTeX bibliography in section
+ and the
+\family sans
+BibTeX Bibliography
+\family default
+ is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To insert floats, described in section
+To insert floats, as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-.
+ and in detail the chapter
+\emph on
+Floats
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts branch insets as described in section
+Inserts a branch inset, if any, and allowing you to create and insert a
+ new branch.
+ Branches are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
Inserts document class-specific insets.
- Such insets only exist when they are defined in the layout file for a certain
+ Such insets only exist if they are defined in the layout file for a certain
document class.
An example is the document class
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\emph on
Flex insets and InsetLayout
\emph default
- of the
+ in
+\emph on
+Installing New Document Classes, The Layout file format
+\emph default
+of the
\emph on
Customization
\emph default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other LyX
- files in your document.
- How you can do this is explained in detail in the chapter
-\emph on
-External Stuff
-\emph default
- of the
+This menu entry allows you to insert or include the contents of other files
+ in your document.
+ For more information see chapter
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+External Document Parts
\emph default
- manual.
+ of the Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a minipage box that is described section
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sec:Minipages"
-
-\end_inset
-
-.
- All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in the chapter
+Inserts a box in a certain style.
+ Boxes are described in detail in the chapter
\emph on
Boxes
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a citation as described in section
+Opens the
+\family sans
+Citation
+\family default
+ dialog as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
+Inserts a
+\family sans
+cross-reference
+\family default
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a label as described in section
+Inserts a
+\family sans
+label
+\family default
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-, captions in longtables are described in the section
+; captions in longtables are described in the section
\emph on
Longtable Captions
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a table.
+Opens a dialog allowing you to specify the rows and columns of the table.
Tables are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-.
+ and in detail in the chapter
+\emph on
+Tables
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a graphic.
+Opens the
+\family sans
+Graphics
+\family default
+ dialog.
Graphics are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts an URL as described in section
+Inserts a URL as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a footnote, see section
+Inserts a footnote as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a marginal note, see section
+Inserts a marginal note as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a short title, see section
+Inserts a short title as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
+Inserts a TeX Code box as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
- for a description.
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Preview
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Inserts a preview inset as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
The Navigate Menu
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_inset
of the current document.
- This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
+ This allows you to navigate easily through your document.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\begin_layout Standard
With this menu entry you are able to define your own bookmarks.
This is useful when you are working on a large document and often have
- to jump e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-between section
+ to jump, for example, between section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-2.5 and use the menu
+2.5 and use the submenu
\family sans
Save
\begin_inset space ~
arg "bookmark-goto 2"
\end_inset
-.
+.You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
- The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
+The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
+ The submenu
+\family sans
+Clear
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Bookmarks
+\family default
+ allows you to clear bookmarks while the submenu
+\family sans
+Navigate
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Back
+\family default
+ jumps to the position in the document where you recently changed something.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
- cursor position.
+Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference after the current cursor
+ position.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
- Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
- on a cross-reference box.
+Only active if the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
+ Sets the cursor before the referenced label.
+ (It is the same as if you right-click on a cross-reference box and use
+
+\family sans
+Go
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Label)
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Forward Search
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Allows you to jump directly to the corresponding text part in the output,
+ see section
+\emph on
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+search
+\emph default
+ in the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual for a detailed description.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\begin_layout Standard
After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
enabled.
- It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
-
-\emph on
-Experts
-\emph default
- will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
+ It shows the logfile of the LaTeX-program used.
+ You can go to the next error or the next warning, search, copy something
+ to the clipboard or update the view.
+ With the help of the logfile experts can find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
+Opens the Outline window as described in sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
- position as described in section
+Sets the start of the appendices of the document at the current cursor position
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+reference "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Counts the number of words and characters in the actual document or the
- highlighted document part.
+Returns the number of the words and characters in the actual document or
+ the highlighted document part.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-TeX Information
+Check T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+ChkTeX
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Generates with the help of the program
+\family typewriter
+ChkTeX
+\family default
+ a log of possible LaTeX-errors and displays it in a dialog.
+ This feature is not available on Windows.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+T
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX Information
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
+Shows you a list of the document classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-syst
+em.
+ Use the option
+\family sans
+Show
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+path
+\family default
+ to see the full filename paths.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Compare
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Compare
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Opens a dialog to compare LyX files as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Comparison-of-Documents"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu entry reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages
- and needed programs it needs; see also section
+Reconfigures LyX; that is, LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and programs it
+ needs; see also section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The preferences dialog is described in detail in appendix
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Opens the
+\family sans
+Preferences
+\family default
+ dialog as described in detail in appendix
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+reference "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
+This menu lists the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
menus.
+ If a file is not available in this language, the English version will be
+ listed.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
).
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The menu
+\family sans
+About
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+X
+\family default
+ gives information about the copyright, the credits and the LyX version
+ you are using.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Toolbars
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
-<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
+<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-pull-down box for the paragraph environments
+pull-down box for the environments
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
\align left
\begin_inset Tabular
-<lyxtabular version="3" rows="21" columns="2">
-<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<lyxtabular version="3" rows="22" columns="2">
+<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\end_inset
Replace
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+(Quick)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+</row>
+<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+\begin_inset Info
+type "icon"
+arg "dialog-toggle findreplaceadv"
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+</cell>
+<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
+\begin_inset Text
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\family sans
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Find
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+&
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+Replace
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+(Advanced)
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Emphasize text, function of the Edit
+Emphasize text, function of the
\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style
+Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Customized
\family default
dialog
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
+Set text to noun style, function of the
\family sans
-\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style
+Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Customized
\family default
dialog
\end_layout
\begin_inset Text
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Formats text using the current settings in the
+Format text using the current settings in the
\family sans
Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Text
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style
+Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Customized
\family default
dialog
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="25" columns="2">
-<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LyX
+L
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+yX
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-URL
+Hyperlink
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
eX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Code
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Style
+Style\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Customized
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-View / Update Toolbar
+View/Update Toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
- following buttons:
+The view/update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
+ buttons:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="7" columns="2">
-<features islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
+<features rotate="0" islongtable="true" longtabularalignment="center">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="left" valignment="top">
<row interlinespace="2.5mm">
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Master
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Document
\end_layout
\end_inset
\family sans
View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-UpdateMaster
+Update
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Master
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Document
\end_layout
\end_inset
in the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
- manual, the math macro toolbar
+ manual and the math macro toolbar
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
The Document Settings
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-Document-Settings"
+name "chap:The-Document-Settings"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The document settings dialog contains submenus to set properties for the
- whole document and is called with the menu
+The
+\family sans
+Document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Setting
+\family default
+s dialog contains submenus to set properties for the whole document and
+ is called with the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Settings
\family default
.
- You can save your document settings as default with th
+ You can save your document settings as default with the
\family sans
-e Save as Document Defaults
+ Save as Document Defaults
\family default
- button in the dialog.
+ button in any dialog.
This will create a template named
\family typewriter
-default.lyx
+defaults.lyx
\family default
which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
using a template.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following.
+The button
+\family sans
+Use Class Defaults
+\family default
+ resets the document settings to the default of the document class.
+ This affects mostly class options, the page layout and Numbering & TOC.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following sections.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_inset
.
- Some classes use some class options by default.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the button
+\family sans
+Local
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Layout
+\family default
+ you can load you own layout-file, that is not in LyX's
+\emph on
+layouts
+\emph default
+ folder and thus not recognized by LyX as a layout for a document class.
+ For more about layout-files, see the chapter
+\emph on
+Installing New Document Classes, Types of Layout Files
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Customization
+\emph default
+ Handbook.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Some classes use special class options by default.
If this is the case, they are listed in the field
\family sans
Predefined
\family default
and you can decide to use them or not.
- If you don't exactly know what the default class options are for, it is
- recommended not to touch them.
- The graphics driver is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout
- packages.
- When using
+ If you do not know exactly what the default class options are for, it is
+ recommended you leave them untouched.
+ The
+\family sans
+Graphics driver
+\family default
+ is used for LaTeX's graphics, color and page layout packages.
+ If using
\family sans
Default
\family default
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-When you want one of the following drivers
+When you want to use one of the following drivers
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
+
+\family sans
dvi2ps, dvialw, dvilaser, dvitops, psprint, pubps, ln
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\family default
-you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-2 in
+you first have to activate them in your LaTeX distribution, see section
+
+\emph on
+Driver support
+\emph default
+ in
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-target "http://tug.ctan.org/get/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/required/graphics/grfguide.pdf"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Specifying a master document is necessary when the current document is a
- child or subdocument.
- This master document will be used by LyX when the child document is opened
- without its master.
+Specifying a
+\family sans
+Master
+\family default
+ document is necessary if the current document is a child or subdocument.
+ The master document will be used by LyX in the background if the child
+ document is opened without its master.
This way child documents are always compilable.
More about master and child documents is explained in the section
\emph on
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+There is also an option to suppress the date and one to use the LaTeX-package
+
+\series bold
+refstyle
+\series default
+ instead of
+\series bold
+prettyref
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for cross-references, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Cross-References"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Child Documents
\end_layout
This submenu is only visible when your document includes child documents.
Please refer to the section
\emph on
-Child Documents
+Child
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Documents
\emph default
of the
\emph on
-Embedded Objects
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
\emph default
manual for details.
\end_layout
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Section
+Local Layout
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+See section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Local-Layout"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for a description.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Fonts
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
- skips.
- The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
-
-\end_layout
+You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by
+\family sans
+Indentation
+\family default
+ or by
+\family sans
+Vertical space
+\family default
+.
+ The
+\family sans
+Line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Standard
-Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
- That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
- However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
+spacing
+\family default
+ and whether it should be a
+\family sans
+Two-column
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+document
+\family default
+ can also be specified here.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
-
-\emph on
-Embedded Objects
-\emph default
- manual.
+Note that LyX will not show two columns or the specified line spacing on
+ screen.
+ That would be impractical, often unreadable, and is not part of the WYSIWYM
+ concept.
+ However, it will be as you specified in the output.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-A description of this menu is given in section
+This dialog is described in sections
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
+reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
+Here you can adjust the page margins as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Section
Language
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sec:Language-encodings"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-The known commands are defined in a text file.
+The known commands are defined in a text file (
+\emph on
+unicodesymbols
+\emph default
+).
You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
\emph on
\begin_layout Standard
LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
- If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
- for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
+ If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode),
+ choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
Unfortunately the Unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of Unicode symbols works fine
with
(LuaTeX)
\family default
-; see section
+, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
-), so if the above options fail, you might try out one of these new engines.
+).
+ So if you are using many special or accented characters and
+\family sans
+Language Default
+\family default
+ fails, you might try out one of these new engines.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The
+\family sans
+Language
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+package
+\family default
+ determines the LaTeX-package that is used for hyphenation and the translation
+ of strings like
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+Part
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ The possible settings are:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Default uses the language package that is selected in
+\family sans
+ Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Language Settings
+\family default
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
+
+\end_inset
+
+).
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Automatic selects the most suitable language package for the view/export
+ format you will use.
+ In many cases this will be
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ If the newer package
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is more appropriate (is the case when using XeTeX and/or non-TeX fonts),
+ this package will be used instead of
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Always
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Babel uses
+\series bold
+babel
+\series default
+ even if
+\series bold
+polyglossia
+\series default
+ would be more appropriate.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Custom allows you to specify a language package command of your choice.
+ For example if you want to use a language-specific package like
+\series bold
+ngerman
+\series default
+ (for German texts), type in
+\series bold
+
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{ngerman}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+None will not use a language package.
+ This is necessary for some document classes for scientific articles.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-European
+European
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+(ISO
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
+ sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+Colors
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Color ! main text
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Color ! background
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Color ! Shaded boxes
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Color ! Greyed-out notes
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can alter the font color for the
+\family sans
+Main text
+\family default
+ (default: black), for
+\family sans
+Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+out notes
+\family default
+ (default: light grey)for the background color for the
+\family sans
+Page
+\family default
+ (default: white) and for
+\family sans
+Shaded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+boxes
+\family default
+ (default: red).
+ The button
+\family sans
+Reset
+\family default
+ sets the color back to the default.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Clicking any button showing
+\family sans
+Default
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
+Change
+\family default
+ opens a dialog enabling you to choose from a selection of colors or from
+ a color-picker or to specify a color using HSL or RGB values.
+ In the dialog you can add any color to the custom colors to select them
+ later more quickly.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+The colors are not shown within LyX, only in the output.
+ (This Greyed
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+out note appears blue in the output.)
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Note, if you change the
+\family sans
+Main
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\family default
+ font color and use the option
+\family sans
+Color
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+links
+\family default
+ in the document settings under
+\family sans
+PDF
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+properties
+\family default
+, you probably also need to change the link font color as described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:PDF-Properties"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset VSpace bigskip
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can adapt the
+\family sans
+Main
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\family default
+ font color and the
+\family sans
+Page
+\family default
+ background for every page in your document if you use these commands as
+ TeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Code after a forced page break:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the page color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+pagecolor{color name}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the text color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+color{color name}
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You are restricted to one of
+\series bold
+black
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+blue
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+cyan
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+green
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+magenta
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+red
+\series default
+,
+\series bold
+white
+\series default
+ or
+\series bold
+yellow
+\series default
+ for the
+\series bold
+color name
+\series default
+ unless you have defined your own color (see the
+\emph on
+Colored Tables
+\emph default
+ section of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Objects
+\emph default
+ Manual).
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+If you have changed a text or background color, you can use the following
+ names to refer to them:
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the
+\family sans
+Page
+\family default
+ background color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+page_backgroundcolor
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the
+\family sans
+Main
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\family default
+ color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+document_fontcolor
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the
+\family sans
+Shaded
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+boxes
+\family default
+ background color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+shadecolor
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Itemize
+For the
+\family sans
+Greyed
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-(ISO
-\begin_inset space ~
+out notes
+\family default
+ text color:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-8859-15) (latin 9) like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with the Euro currency
- sign, the œ-ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish
+
+\series bold
+note_fontcolor
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Finally, the dialog lets you select a specific language package for the
- current document.
- See
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand formatted
-reference "sub:Prefs-Language"
+To see how to define and use custom colors, see section Colored
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+Cells of the Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
- for more information on the language package.
+Objects manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can adjust here the numbering depth of section headings and the section
- depth in the table of contents as described in section
+Here you can adjust the
+\family sans
+Numbering
+\family default
+ depth of section headings and the section depth in the
+\family sans
+Table of Contents
+\family default
+ as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can specify here a citation style using the LaTeX packages
+Here you can specify if a citation style using the LaTeX packages
\series bold
natbib
\series default
\end_inset
-, you can enable subdivided bibliographies using the LaTeX package
+ should be used.
+ You can enable a
+\family sans
+Sectioned bibliography
+\family default
+ using the LaTeX package
\series bold
bibtopic
\series default
\end_inset
- and you can customize how the bibliography of the given document is being
- generated.
+ and you can select a
+\family sans
+Processor
+\family default
+ for the generation of the bibliography.
For a further description see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here, you can customize how the index of your document is being generated
- and you can define additional indexes.
- Please refer to section
+Here you can define the
+\family sans
+Processor
+\family default
+ that will generate your index and you can define additional indexes (see
+ section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
- for details.
+ for details).
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_inset
- and
+,
\series bold
esint
\series default
\end_inset
- or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+,
+\series bold
+mathdots
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! mathdots
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
+ und
\series bold
-amsmath
+mhchem
\series default
- is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
- ensure that you have enabled AMS.
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! mhchem
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
+\end_inset
-\series bold
-esint
-\series default
- is used for special integral characters.
+ or to use them automatically when they are needed.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+amsmath is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
+ ensure that you have enabled
+\family sans
+AMS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+math
+\family default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+esint is used for special integral characters, see section
+\emph on
+Big
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Operators
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+mathdots is used for special ellipses, see section
+\emph on
+Ellipses
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+mhchem is used for chemical equations, see section
+\emph on
+Chemical Symbols and Equations
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Math
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The float placement options are described in section
+The float placement options are described in the section
+\emph on
+Float
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Placement
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
+\end_layout
-\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand ref
-reference "sub:Float-Placement"
+\begin_layout Section
+Listings
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The listings settings are explained in the chapter
+\emph on
+Program Code Listings
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Embedded
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-.
+Objects
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
+Here you can adjust the characters used for the itemize
+\family sans
+Level
+\family default
+s, specify the
+\family sans
+Font
+\family default
+ set to be used and set the
+\family sans
+Size
+\family default
+ of the bullets.
The itemize environment is described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can furthermore specify a
+\family sans
+Custom
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Bullet
+\family default
+ by inserting in this field the LaTeX command of the desired character.
+ For example to use the € sign, you have to insert the command
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+texteuro
+\series default
+.
+ For math symbols you additionally need to enclose the command with $ signs.
+ To use e.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+g.
+\begin_inset space \space{}
+\end_inset
+
+the symbol
+\begin_inset Formula $\circlearrowright$
+\end_inset
+
+ you need to enter
+\series bold
+$
+\backslash
+circlearrowright$
+\series default
+.
+ To find the command for a math symbol, create a formula and hover the mouse
+ over the desired symbol in the math toolbar.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ Some characters require to load special LaTeX-packages in the preamble
+ (menu
+\family sans
+Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+LaTeX
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Preamble
+\family default
+).
+ For example for the € sign one needs to add the line
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{textcomp}
+\series default
+ to the preamble.
+ For most math symbols it is sufficient to add the line
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+usepackage{amssymb}
+\series default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Section
Branches
\end_layout
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Format: The format that is used when you hit
+Format: The format that is used when you enter
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\family sans
Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Preferences\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-File Formats; see
+File
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Handling\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+File Formats
\family default
+, see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
-LatexCommand formatted
+LatexCommand ref
reference "sec:File-Formats"
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Output
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+Output settings for the menu
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Forward
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TODO!
+search
+\family default
+.
+ For a detailed description see section
+\emph on
+Reverse DVI/PDF search
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+XHTML
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+Options offers settings for the export format
+\family sans
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+{}
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
+\end_inset
+
XHTML
+\family default
+.
+
+\family sans
+Strict XHTML
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Output
+1.1
+\family default
+ will assure that the output follows exactly version
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Options
-\begin_inset Note Note
-status open
+1.1 of the XHTML standard.
+ The different
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+output
+\family default
+ settings are described in detail in section
+\emph on
+Math Output in XHTML
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
+
+\family sans
+Math
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+image
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+scaling
+\family default
+ is used for the size of equations in the output.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Section
+LaT
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-TODO!
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+eX Preamble
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
+ or to define LaTeX-commands.
+ The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
+ You should not enter commands here until you know exactly what you are
+ doing.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+An introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
- to define LaTeX-commands.
+In this text field you can enter commands to load special LaTeX-packages
+ or to define LaTeX-commands.
The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
You should not enter commands here until you exactly know what you are
doing.
Dialog
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
+name "chap:The-Preferences-dialog"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You have to restart LyX before the change of the user interface file take
- effect.
+The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
+ interface (ui) file.
+ A ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
+ The file
+\emph on
+default.ui
+\emph default
+ loads three files:
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-
+\begin_layout Description
+stdmenus.inc
+\shape italic
+
+\emph on
+specifies the menu entries for the standard menus
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing a user
- interface (ui) file.
- An ui-file is a text file where the toolbars and menus are listed.
- The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
+\begin_layout Description
+stdcontext.inc
\shape italic
-stdtoolbars.inc
+\emph on
+specifies
\shape default
- and
+\emph default
+ the menu entries in popup context menus
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+stdtoolbars.inc
\shape italic
-stdmenus.inc
-\shape default
-, respectively.
- Both files are loaded by the
+
\emph on
-default.ui
-\emph default
- file.
- To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
- files and edit the entries.
+specifies the toolbar buttons
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these files
+ and edit the entries.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
+The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: the
\family sans
Menubar
\family default
\family sans
Toolbar
\family default
- entries must be ended with an explicit
+ entries must be finished with an explicit
\family sans
End
\family default
.
They may contain
\family sans
-Submenus
+Submenu
\family default
,
\family sans
-Items
+Item
\family default
,
\family sans
-OptItems
+OptItem
\family default
,
\family sans
-Separators
+Separator
\family default
,
\family sans
-Icons,
+Icon,
\family default
and in the case of the
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
-file
+file_lastfiles
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- menus a
+ menu a
\family sans
Lastfiles
\family default
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset
-All LyX-functions are listed in the menu
+All the LyX-functions are listed in the menu
\family sans
Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-LyX
+Ly
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+X
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-An example: Assuming you use the menu
+For example, assuming you use the menu
\family sans
Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
Bookmarks
\begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
\end_inset
-to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
+to the
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+navigate_bookmarks
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+ menu in
+\emph on
+stdmenus.inc
+\emph default
+ to have the sixth bookmark.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
+\family sans
+Icon
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Set
+\family default
+ allows you to change the appearance of LyX's toolbar buttons.
+ The currently available icon sets are compared in
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "this image"
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/uploads/LyX/NewInLyX20/themes.png"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsubsection
\begin_layout Standard
With the option
\family sans
-Allow saving
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-/
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-restoring of window layout and geometries
+Restore window layouts and geometries
\family default
LyX's main window will be opened with the size and layout that was used
in the last LyX session.
\family sans
Restore cursor positions
\family default
- sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
- time.
+ sets the cursor to the position in the file where it was at the end of
+ the last session.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The button
+\family sans
+Clear all session information
+\family default
+ deletes all information from previous LyX sessions (cursor positions, names
+ of last opened documents, etc.).
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Documents
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When the option
+
+\family sans
+Backup original documents when saving
+\family default
+ creates a backup copy of the file in the state when it was opened or when
+ it was saved the last time.
+ It is stored in the
+\family sans
+Backup
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+directory
+\family default
+ (see section
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paths"
+
+\end_inset
+
+) or in the same folder as your document if no
+\family sans
+Backup
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+directory
+\family default
+ is specified.
+ The backup file has the file extension
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+.lyx~
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+With the option
+\family sans
+Backup documents, every
+\family default
+, you can specify the time between backup saves.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
-Backup documents
+Save documents compressed by default
\family default
- is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
+ always saves files in a compressed format.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When the option
+If the option
\family sans
Open documents in tabs
\family default
- is not used, then every file will be opened in its own new instance of
- LyX.
+ is not checked, every file will be opened in its own new instance of LyX.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+The option
+\family sans
+Single instance
+\family default
+ is only active if a LyXServer pipe
+\begin_inset Foot
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+See sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Paths"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ for information about LyXServer pipes.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+ is specified.
+ If it is checked, LyX documents will be opened in the same running instance
+ of LyX.
+ Otherwise a new LyX instance is created for each file.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If the option
+\family sans
+Single close-tab button
+\family default
+ is checked, there will only be one close button (
+\family sans
+
+\begin_inset Graphics
+ filename ../images/closetab.png
+ scale 75
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family default
+) at the right side of the tab bar to close tabs.
+ Otherwise every document tab has its own close button.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ For the last option you have to restart LyX before the change takes effect.
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
+These fonts are used to display your documents within LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
inside
\emph default
the LyX window.
- The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
+ The fonts that appear in the output are independent of these fonts, and
set in the menu
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
\family typewriter
Times
\family default
- as roman (serif) font,
+ as its
+\family sans
+Roman
+\family default
+ (serif) font,
\family typewriter
Arial
\family default
\family typewriter
Helvetica
\family default
- (depends on the system) as
+ (depends on the system) as its
\family sans
-sans
+Sans
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-serif
+Serif
\family default
- font, and
+ font and
\family typewriter
Courier
\family default
- as
+ as its
\family typewriter
-typewriter
+Typewriter
\family default
font.
\end_layout
Zoom
\family default
setting.
- You can also change the font zoom outside the preferences dialog for the
- current LyX session by pressing Ctrl and scrolling the mouse wheel.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-
+The
\family sans
-Screen DPI
+Font Sizes
\family default
- is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
- The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
- 72
+ are calculated as letter height in units of points.
+ 72.27
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cha:Units-available-in"
+reference "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
.
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Standard
-The default
-\family sans
-Font Sizes
-\family default
- are the same as if a document font size of 10
+ The default font sizes are the same as if a document font size of 10
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-pt would be used.
+pt were used.
The sizes are explained in detail in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_layout Standard
With the option
\family sans
-Use Pixmap Cache to speed up font rendering
+Use pixmap cache to speed up font rendering
\family default
enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can here change all the colors used by LyX.
- Choose an item in the list and use the
+Here you can change the screen colors used by LyX by choosing an item in
+ the list and selecting the
\family sans
Alter
\family default
button.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+By checking the option
+\family sans
+Use system colors
+\family default
+ the color scheme of your OS or window manager is used.
+ The colors
+\family sans
+cursor, selection, table line, text, URL
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+label and URL
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+text
+\family default
+ are then not customizable and thus not listed.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsection
Display
\begin_inset Index idx
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can specify if graphics inside LyX are displayed.
+Here you can specify if graphics are displayed inside LyX.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The option
+Checking the option
\family sans
Mark
\begin_inset space ~
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-You can adjust the thickness of the cursor with the
+You can adjust the width of the cursor.
+ If you set the value to zero, the thickness of the cursor scales relative
+ to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+
\family sans
-Cursor width
+Scroll below end of document
\family default
- setting.
- If you set the value to zero the thickness of the cursor scales relative
- to the zoom value you choose for the screen fonts.
+ is self-explanatory.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+In LyX one can jump from word to word by pressing
+\family sans
+Ctrl+arrow key
+\family default
+.
+ With the option
+\family sans
+ Use Mac-style for cursor moving between words
+\family default
+ the cursor jumps from the end of a word to the end of the next word.
+ Normally it jumps from the beginning to the beginning.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-The math macro editing option determines the editing style, see the section
-
+The
+\family sans
+Edit math macros
+\family default
+ options determine the editing style for math macros, see the section
\emph on
Math Macros
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
Here you can specify what is hidden in the fullscreen mode.
- The option
+ With the option
\family sans
Limit text width
\family default
- specifies the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
- This way you can display the text smaller than the screen, the text appears
- then centered.
+ you can specify the width of the text in fullscreen mode.
+ This way you can display the text smaller than the screen; the text then
+ appears centered.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsubsection
-Bind File
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Standard
-Bindings are used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
- Several binding files are available:
+
+\family sans
+Bind File
+\family default
+ specifies the file to be used to bind a LyX-function to a key.
+ Several binding files are available, among them:
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
+cua.bind a typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-(x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
+(x)emacs.bind a set of bindings similar to those used in the editor programs
+
\family sans
Emacs
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-mac.bind set of bindings for
+mac.bind a set of bindings for
\family sans
Mac
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
+There are also binding files designed for special document classes, like
+
\shape italic
broadway.bind
\shape default
-, and bind files for special languages.
- The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.
+, and binding files for special languages.
+ The names of language binding files begin with a language code, e.
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
for Portuguese.
If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
- bind-file.
+ binding file.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Some bind-files, like
-\emph on
+Some binding files, like
+\shape italic
math.bind
-\emph default
-, have only a small scope.
+\shape default
+, only have a limited scope.
When looking at the end of the file
\shape italic
cua.bind
, you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The field
+\family sans
+Show
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+key-bindings
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+containing
+\family default
+ allows you to search for the shortcut provided for a particular function
+ in the selected key binding file.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Subsubsection
Editing Shortcuts
\begin_inset CommandInset label
\begin_inset Quotes erd
\end_inset
- and you get the 4 different existing shortcuts for the 3 different functions
- that contain
+ and you get the four different existing shortcuts for the three different
+ functions that contain
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
in their name.
As you can see, one function can have more than one shortcut.
All LyX-functions are also listed in the file
-\emph on
+\family sans
LyX Functions
-\emph default
+\family default
that you will find in the
\family sans
Help
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To add e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
-\end_inset
-
-the shortcut
+For example, to add the shortcut
\family sans
Alt+Q
\family default
button.
A dialog pops up where you can add the shortcut by using it.
So press Alt+Q to define the shortcut.
- Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
- You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by modifying an existing
- binding and adding the different function names as a semicolon separated
- list.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+Modifying an existing shortcut is done the same way.
+ You can also bind multiple functions to one shortcut by starting the LyX
+ Function definition with “command alternatives” and following it with the
+ different function names as a semicolon separated list.
LyX will then use the first function that is enabled in the current document
part.
- The binding for the function
-\family sans
-command-alter
-\family default
- is an example of this.
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you don't like a particular shortcut, you can remove it.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying bind-files with a
- text editor.
+Alternatively you can also edit shortcuts by modifying binding files with
+ a text editor.
The syntax of the entries is:
\end_layout
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Keyboard / Mouse
+Keyboard/Mouse
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
- For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
- If you have e.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Normally keyboard settings are made in a menu of your operating system.
+ For the case thatWhere this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
+ If, for example, you have a Czech keyboard but want to use it as if it
+ is a Romanian one, you can enable
+\family sans
+Use
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-g.
-\begin_inset space \space{}
+keyboard
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
- can use the keyboard map file named
-\emph on
+map
+\family default
+ and select the keyboard map file named
+\shape italic
romanian.kmap
+\shape default
+.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Standard
+You can specify a
+\family sans
+First
+\family default
+ and a
+\family sans
+Second
+\family default
+ keyboard map and, if you use the
+\emph on
+cua
\emph default
+ bindings, you can select the first and second with
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "keymap-primary"
+\end_inset
+
+ and
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "keymap-secondary"
+\end_inset
+
+ respectively or toggle between them with
+\begin_inset Info
+type "shortcut"
+arg "keymap-toggle"
+\end_inset
+
.
\end_layout
\series bold
Note:
\series default
- Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
+ Keyboard maps can only provide a makeshift solution and don't work on all
+ systems.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Besides this, you can specify here the
+You can also specify the mouse
\family sans
Wheel scrolling speed
\family default
.
- The standard value is 1.0, higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
+ The standard value is 1.0; higher values speed up the scrolling, lower ones
slow it down.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Input Completion
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Input-Completion-Appendix"
-
+\begin_layout Standard
+If you
+\family sans
+Enable
+\family default
+
+\family sans
+Scroll
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Input completion
-\end_layout
-
+wheel
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+zoom,
+\family default
+ you can select a key for zooming.
+ When this key is pressed and the mouse wheel is rotated, the text is zoomed.
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Subsection
+Input Completion
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Input completion is described in sec.
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+Input completion is described in section
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_inset
.
- The completion options for math do the same as the corresponding options
- for text.
- With the general options you can define the delay time for the inline and
- popup completion and choose if long completions should be abbreviated or
- not.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Standard
+The paths to the various resources used by LyX are normally determined during
+ the installation.
+ But there may be reasons why you might want to modify them.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Working
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-as
+As
\family default
files.
\end_layout
\family sans
Examples
\family default
- button does not exist when using LyX on MacOS and Windows systems.
+ button does not exist when using LyX on Mac OS and Windows systems.
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_inset
Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
- When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
+ If no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-The backup files have the ending
+Backup files have the ending
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\end_inset
-XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
+XServer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+pipe Here you can enter the name of a so-called UNIX-pipe.
This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
\series bold
-Note:
+Example:
\series default
- This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
-\end_layout
+ You add a BibTeX-database
+\emph on
+test.bib
+\emph default
+ to your document.
+ You can edit this file with the program
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+.
+ In
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ you have to use the same Unix-Pipe for LyX in its preferences under
+\family sans
+External
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+programs
+\family default
+.
+ If you want to get one entry of the database as citation, select it in
+
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ and click on the LyX-symbol.
+ The entry will now be inserted as a citation at the current cursor position
+ in your LyX file.
+ Of course,
+\family typewriter
+JabRef
+\family default
+ and LyX need to be running the same time.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+The pipe is also used for the
+\family sans
+Single instance
+\family default
+ feature, see sec.
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sub:Backup documents"
+
+\end_inset
+
+.
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+To use the LyXServer-Pipe on Windows, you must use this pipe name:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\series bold
+
+\backslash
+
+\backslash
+.
+\backslash
+pipe
+\backslash
+lyxpipe
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Thesaurus
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+dictionary Directory where the thesaurus dictionaries are located.
+ You only need to specify it if the thesaurus does not work or if you want
+ to use custom/alternative dictionaries.
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+Hunspell
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+dictionary Directory where the dictionaries of the spell checker program
+
+\family typewriter
+Hunspell
+\family default
+ are located.
+ You only need to specify it if you are using
+\family typewriter
+Hunspell
+\family default
+ and spell checking does not work or if you want to use custom/alternative
+ dictionaries.
+ For LyX on Windows
+\family typewriter
+Hunspell
+\family default
+ is the only available spell checker and should work without specifying
+ a directory.
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
PATH
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
- When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
- to find it on the system.
+ When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list to see
+ where to find it on the system.
The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems when LyX
- is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
+ is configured; so you normally don't have to modify it.
On Unix
\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
-
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Description
+TEXINPUTS
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+prefix The TEXINPUTS environment variable allows you to use external files
+ which are included in a LyX document via commands in TeX code or in the
+ document preamble.
+ This prefix includes by default the document directory (represented by
+ a single dot '.').
+ The prefix can contain any list of paths separated by the default separator
+ of the OS (':' on UNIX like systems and ';' on Windows).
+ If files are included, the paths listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix will be
+ scanned for the input files.
+ Note that any non-absolute path listed in the TEXINPUTS prefix is considered
+ to be relative to the directory of your LyX file.
+ It is recommended that you always include ‘.' as one of the paths; otherwise
+ compilation may fail for some documents.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Here you can insert your name and email address.
- The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
+Here you can insert your
+\family sans
+Name
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+E-mail
+\family default
+ address.
+ These will be used when you have enabled change tracking, as described
in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Interface
+interface
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-language Here you can select the language of LyX's menus.
- Unfortunately this doesn't work on Mac and Windows.
- It works on Linux for the languages into LyX's menus and dialogs are translated.
- You find the actual translation status here:
+language Here you can select the language for LyX's menus.
+ You can find its actual translation status here:
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
-name "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
target "http://www.lyx.org/I18n"
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Default
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-language is the language used in new documents
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Description
Language
\begin_inset space ~
package determines which LaTeX package should be loaded to handle language
issues.
- Language issues which are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
+ Language issues that are handled by this package include proper hyphenation
as well as localization of dates and text strings such as
\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
\series bold
babel
\series default
-, it's the default language package in classic LaTeX.
- However, more recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come
- with an alternative language package (
-\series bold
-polyglossia
-\series default
-) that is more suited for the multi-script support of these engines.
- Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
- covered by babel.
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
-
-The available selections are:
-\end_layout
-\begin_deeper
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\series bold
-Automatic
-\series default
-:
-\series bold
-
-\series default
-Selects the most appropriate language package for the current typesetting
- engine (default)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! babel
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
+\end_inset
+; it is the default language package in classic LaTeX.
+ More recent typesetting engines such as XeTeX and LuaTeX come with the
+ alternative language package
\series bold
-Always babel:
+polyglossia
\series default
-Uses always babel, even if another package (such as polyglossia) would have
- been preferred by automatic setting; this essentially allows to select
- babel instead of polyglossia with XeTeX and LuaTeX
-\end_layout
-
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
-\series bold
-Custom:
-\series default
-Lets you load some other language package (via
-\family typewriter
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
-\backslash
-usepackage
-\series bold
-{
-\series default
-packagename}
-\family default
-)
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! polyglossia
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Itemize
-\noindent
+\end_inset
+ that is more suited to the multi-script support of these engines.
+ Furthermore, there are also specific language packages for languages not
+ covered by
\series bold
-None:
+babel
\series default
-Loads no language package at all
-\end_layout
-
-\end_deeper
-\begin_layout Description
-Default
+.
+ The available selections are described in section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Decimal
-\begin_inset space ~
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset ref
+LatexCommand ref
+reference "sec:Language-encodings"
+
\end_inset
-Point Define the default decimal point for the use in tables (decimal point
- alignment)
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
+start If a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
An example is the start command
\family sans
command toggles the package on and off.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Decimal
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Point Define the default decimal point for use in tables (decimal point
+ alignment).
+\end_layout
+
\begin_layout Description
Set
\begin_inset space ~
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
+begin When this option is set, documents start with the chosen document
language.
When this option is not set, the
\family sans
\end_inset
languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
- language will be underlined blue.
+ language will be underlined in blue.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left (RTL),
- like Arabic, Hebrew, Farsi.
+ like Arabic, Hebrew or Farsi.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
\end_inset
-
+.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Section
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Printer
-\begin_inset CommandInset label
-LatexCommand label
-name "sub:Printer"
+General
+\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Output
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
+line
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_inset Index idx
-status collapsed
+length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
+ the menu
+\family sans
+File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Plain
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Printer
+text
+\family default
+.
+ Setting the line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless line.
\end_layout
+\begin_layout Description
+Date
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-
+format
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Printer
+Date Format
\end_layout
\end_inset
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+Settings ! Date format
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Default
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
- The name will be used when the
-\family sans
-Printer command
-\family default
- is executed.
+ The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Note Greyedout
-status open
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\series bold
-Note:
-\series default
- You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
-\end_layout
-
-\end_inset
-
-
+http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-Adapt
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-output
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-to
-\begin_inset space ~
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-printer This option works only for the
-\family sans
-Printer command
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
+For example the format
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-
-\family sans
-dvips
-\family default
-
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+%d/%m/%y
+\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-.
- It activates a configuration file for dvips.
- This is an option only for dvips experts.
+prints the date as day/month/year.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Printer
+Overwrite
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command is the command LyX
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
-\end_inset
-
-/
-\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+on
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-LaTeX uses for printing.
- The default is on most systems
-\family sans
-dvips
-\family default
-.
+export Setting what LyX is allowed to overwrite on export.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Printer
+Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Command
+search Commands that will be used for the menu
+\family sans
+Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Forward
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-Options Here you can specify printer options.
- A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
- of the program that provides the
-\family sans
-Printer command
+search
\family default
- you are using.
+.
+ For a detailed description see section
+\emph on
+Reverse DVI/PDF search
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
-Date Format
+Printer
+\begin_inset CommandInset label
+LatexCommand label
+name "sub:Printer"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Date Format
+Printer
\end_layout
\end_inset
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-Settings ! Date format
+Settings ! Printer
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
+\begin_layout Description
+Default
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+printer Here you can specify the name of your
+\family sans
+Default printer
+\family default
+.
+ The name will be used when the
+\family sans
+Printer command
+\family default
+ is executed.
\begin_inset Newline newline
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Flex URL
-status collapsed
+\begin_inset Note Greyedout
+status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
+\series bold
+Note:
+\series default
+ You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has no effect.
\end_layout
\end_inset
-\begin_inset Newline newline
-\end_inset
+\end_layout
-For example the format
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+\begin_layout Description
+Printer
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-%d/%m/%y
-\begin_inset Newline newline
+command is the command LyX
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
\end_inset
-prints the date as day/month/year.
-\end_layout
+/
+\begin_inset space \thinspace{}
+\end_inset
-\begin_layout Subsection
-Plain Text
+LaTeX uses for printing.
+ The default is
+\family sans
+dvips
+\family default
+ on most systems.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-Output
+Printer
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-line
+Command
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
- the menu
+Options Here you can specify printer options.
+ A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
+ of the program that provides the
\family sans
-File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Plain
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
-
-text
+Printer command
\family default
-.
- Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
- line.
+ you are using.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-roff
+Adapt
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
- with the
-\family typewriter
-groff/troff/nroff
+output
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+to
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+printer This option works only for the
+\family sans
+Printer command
\family default
- UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
- Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
+
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
+\end_inset
+
+
+\family sans
+dvips
+\family default
+
+\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\end_inset
+
+.
+ It activates a configuration file for dvips.
+ This is an option only for dvips experts.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Subsection
\family sans
LCY
\family default
-, and
+ and
\family sans
X2
\family default
- are for Cyrillic.
+ are used for Cyrillic.
Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
+\begin_inset Quotes eld
\end_inset
value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Standard
-You can also specify here commands with parameters for the listed applications.
- But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
- manuals of the applications.
- Currently the following commands can be set:
-\end_layout
-
\begin_layout Description
-CheckTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
+DVI
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
-{}
-\end_layout
+viewer
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+paper
+\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-X
+size
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command Command for the program
+options They only have an effect when the program
\family sans
-CheckTeX
+xdvi
\family default
- that is described in the section
-\emph on
-Checking TeX
-\emph default
- of the
-\emph on
-Additional Features
-\emph default
- manual.
+ is used as DVI-viewer, read its manual to find out more.
\end_layout
-\begin_layout Description
-BibTe
-\begin_inset ERT
-status collapsed
-
-\begin_layout Plain Layout
-
-{}
+\begin_layout Standard
+Here you can also specify options and commands with parameters for processors.
+ But before you change something, it is strongly recommended to read the
+ manuals of the applications.
\end_layout
-\end_inset
-
-X
+\begin_layout Description
+Bibliography
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command Command for the program
-\family sans
-BibTeX
-\family default
- that generates the bibliography, see section
+generation Settings for the generation of the bibliography, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
+generation Settings for the generation of the index, see section
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Description
-DVI
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+CheckTe
+\begin_inset ERT
+status collapsed
-viewer
-\begin_inset space ~
-\end_inset
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+{}
+\end_layout
-paper
-\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-size
+X
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-options They only have an effect when the program
+command Command for the program
\family sans
-xdvi
+CheckTeX
\family default
- is used as DVI-viewer.
+ that is described in the section
+\emph on
+Checking TeX
+\emph default
+ of the
+\emph on
+Additional Features
+\emph default
+ manual.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-classes
+class
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
-changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
+changes Removes all manually set
+\family sans
+Class options
+\family default
+ in the
\family sans
Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
-Settings
+Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
+Document
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+Class
\family default
dialog when changing the document class.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
from one format to another.
- You can modify them or create new ones.
- To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
+ You can modify converters or create new ones.
+ To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the
\family sans
Converter
\family default
flag
\family default
-, and press the
+ field and press the
\family sans
Modify
\family default
To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
in the
\family sans
-From
+To
\begin_inset space ~
\end_inset
\family sans
Converter
\family default
- field, and press the
+ field and press the
\family sans
Add
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-When the
+If the
\family sans
Converter File Cache
\family default
- is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
-
+ is
+\family sans
+Enabled
+\family default
+, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
\family sans
Maximum Age (in days
\family default
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
- the converter definition, is described in the section
+More about converters, like the flags that can be used in the converter
+ definition, is described in the section
\emph on
Converters
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
- You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
- formats.
+ You can modify the
+\family sans
+Editor
+\family default
+ and
+\family sans
+Viewer
+\family default
+ programs that should be used for certain formats.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-Furthermore, you can define the
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+You can also define the
+\family sans
Default output format
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- that is used when you hit
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-View
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-Update
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
-,
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
-View Master Document
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- and
-\begin_inset Quotes eld
-\end_inset
-
+\family default
+ that is used when you use
+\family sans
+View, Update, View Master Document
+\family default
+ or
+\family sans
Update Master Document
-\begin_inset Quotes erd
-\end_inset
-
- in the Edit menu or the toolbar.
+\family default
+ in the
+\family sans
+View
+\family default
+ menu or the toolbar.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
- is described in the section
+More about formats and their options is described in the section
\emph on
Formats
\emph default
\begin_layout Standard
Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
- to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
+ to the temporary directory so that the conversion may be performed.
This is done by specifying a
\family sans
Copier
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Units-available-in"
+name "chap:Units-available-in"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
-To understand the units described in this documentation,
+Table
+\begin_inset space ~
+\end_inset
+
+
\begin_inset CommandInset ref
LatexCommand ref
-reference "cap:Units"
+reference "tab:Units"
\end_inset
- explains all units available in LyX.
+ explains all the units available in LyX and used in this documentation.
\end_layout
\begin_layout Standard
status open
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-\begin_inset Caption
+\begin_inset Caption Standard
\begin_layout Plain Layout
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cap:Units"
+name "tab:Units"
\end_inset
\align center
\begin_inset Tabular
<lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
-<features tabularvalignment="middle">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
-<column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
+<features rotate="0" tabularvalignment="middle">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
+<column alignment="center" valignment="top">
<row>
<cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
\begin_inset Text
Credits
\begin_inset CommandInset label
LatexCommand label
-name "cha:Credits"
+name "chap:Credits"
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
label "Credits"
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Credits"
-target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
+target "http://www.lyx.org/Credits"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
+http://www.lyx.org/Credits
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexcompanion"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexguide"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "latexbook"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "texbook"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "TeXCatalogue"
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "LaTeXFAQ"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "BibTeX"
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/get/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/biblio/bibtex/contrib/doc/btxdoc.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "BibTeX-2"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "makeindex"
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/makeindex.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "xindy"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "AMS"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the AMS LaTeX-packages:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://www.ams.org/publications/authors/tex/amslatex
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "caption"
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption-eng.pdf
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "enumitem"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Documentation"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ of the LaTeX-package
+\series bold
+enumitem
+\series default
+
+\begin_inset Index idx
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+LaTeX-packages ! enumitem
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/enumitem/enumitem.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "fancyhdr"
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "hyperref"
\end_inset
-\series bold
-
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref"
\end_inset
-
-\series default
of the LaTeX-package
\series bold
hyperref
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/hyperref/hyperref.pdf
+http://www.ctan.org/pkg/hyperref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "nomencl"
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "tipa"
+key "prettyref"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
+target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf"
\end_inset
of the LaTeX-package
\series bold
-tipa
+prettyref
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! tipa
+LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
+http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/prettyref/prettyref.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
-key "wrapfig"
+key "refstyle"
\end_inset
\begin_inset CommandInset href
LatexCommand href
name "Documentation"
-target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
+target "http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf"
\end_inset
of the LaTeX-package
\series bold
-wrapfig
+refstyle
\series default
\begin_inset Index idx
status collapsed
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
+LaTeX-packages ! refstyle
\end_layout
\end_inset
\begin_layout Plain Layout
-ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
+http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/refstyle/refstyle.pdf
\end_layout
\end_inset
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Arabic"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Armenian"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
+\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
+LatexCommand bibitem
+key "Cyrillic"
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset CommandInset href
+LatexCommand href
+name "Wiki-page"
+target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic"
+
+\end_inset
+
+ how to set up LyX for Cyrillic languages:
+\begin_inset Newline newline
+\end_inset
+
+
+\begin_inset Flex URL
+status collapsed
+
+\begin_layout Plain Layout
+
+http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Cyrillic
+\end_layout
+
+\end_inset
+
+
+\end_layout
+
+\begin_layout Bibliography
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Farsi"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Hebrew"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Japanese"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Latvian"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Lithuanian"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Mongolian"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "Vietnamese"
\end_layout
\begin_layout Bibliography
-\labelwidthstring Literaturverzeichnis
\begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
LatexCommand bibitem
key "NewInLyX20"
\begin_layout Standard
\begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
LatexCommand printnomenclature
-set_width "none"
+set_width "auto"
\end_inset
projects / lyx.git / blobdiff